Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Notices © Keysight Technologies, Inc. 2005-2018 U.S. Government Rights No part of this manual may be reproduced in any form or by any means (including electronic storage and retrieval or translation into a foreign language) without prior agreement and written consent from Keysight Technologies, Inc. as governed by United States and international copyright laws. The Software is "commercial computer software," as defined by Federal Acquisition Regulation ("FAR") 2.101. Pursuant to FAR 12.212 and 27.
In This Book This book is your guide to programming the 1000 X-Series oscilloscopes: Table 1 1000 X-Series Model Numbers, Bandwidths Model: EDUX1002A EDUX1002G Channels: 2 Band width: 50 MHz 70 MHz, 100 MHz with DSOX1B7T102 upgrade Sampling rate: 1 GSa/s 2 GSa/s Memory: 100 kpts 1 Mpts Segmented memory: No Yes Waveform generator: No Mask/limit test: No Yes (20 MHz) DSOX1102A No DSOX1102G Yes (20 MHz) Yes The first few chapters describe how to set up and get started: • Chapter 1
• Chapter 10, “:CHANnel Commands,” starting on page 199, describes commands that control all oscilloscope functions associated with individual analog channels or groups of channels. • Chapter 11, “:DEMO Commands,” starting on page 221, describes commands that control the education kit (EDK license) demonstration signals that can be output on the oscilloscope's Demo terminal.
• Chapter 26, “:TIMebase Commands,” starting on page 559, describes commands that control all horizontal sweep functions. • Chapter 27, “:TRIGger Commands,” starting on page 571, describes commands that control the trigger modes and parameters for each trigger type. • Chapter 28, “:WAVeform Commands,” starting on page 619, describes commands that provide access to waveform data.
• 6 For the latest versions of this and other manuals, see: http://www.keysight.
Contents In This Book / 3 1 What's New What's New in Version 1.10 / 26 Version 1.00 at Introduction / 27 Command Differences From 2000 X-Series Oscilloscopes / 28 2 Setting Up Step 1. Install Keysight IO Libraries Suite software / 34 Step 2. Connect and set up the oscilloscope / 35 Using the USB (Device) Interface / 35 Step 3.
4 Commands Quick Reference Command Summary / 52 Syntax Elements / 103 Number Format / 103 (Line Terminator) / 103 [ ] (Optional Syntax Terms) / 103 { } (Braces) / 103 ::= (Defined As) / 103 < > (Angle Brackets) / 104 ... (Ellipsis) / 104 n,..
:MTERegister[:EVENt] (Mask Test Event Event Register) / 146 :OPEE (Operation Status Enable Register) / 148 :OPERegister:CONDition (Operation Status Condition Register) / 150 :OPERegister[:EVENt] (Operation Status Event Register) / 152 :OVLenable (Overload Event Enable Register) / 154 :OVLRegister (Overload Event Register) / 156 :PRINt / 157 :RUN / 158 :SERial / 159 :SINGle / 160 :STATus / 161 :STOP / 162 :TER (Trigger Event Register) / 163 :VIEW / 164 7 :ABUS Commands :ABUS:BIT / 167 :ABUS:BITS / 168 :A
:CALibrate:TEMPerature / 197 :CALibrate:TIME / 198 10 :CHANnel Commands :CHANnel:BANDwidth / 202 :CHANnel:BWLimit / 203 :CHANnel:COUPling / 204 :CHANnel:DISPlay / 205 :CHANnel:IMPedance / 206 :CHANnel:INVert / 207 :CHANnel:LABel / 208 :CHANnel:OFFSet / 209 :CHANnel:PROBe / 210 :CHANnel:PROBe:HEAD[:TYPE] / 211 :CHANnel:PROBe:ID / 212 :CHANnel:PROBe:SKEW / 213 :CHANnel:PROBe:STYPe / 214 :CHANnel:PROTection / 215 :CHANnel:RANGe / 216 :CHANnel:SCALe / 217 :CHA
13 :DVM Commands :DVM:ARANge / 240 :DVM:CURRent / 241 :DVM:ENABle / 242 :DVM:FREQuency / 243 :DVM:MODE / 244 :DVM:SOURce / 245 14 :EXTernal Trigger Commands :EXTernal:BWLimit / 249 :EXTernal:DISPlay / 250 :EXTernal:LABel / 251 :EXTernal:LEVel / 252 :EXTernal:POSition / 253 :EXTernal:PROBe / 254 :EXTernal:RANGe / 255 :EXTernal:UNITs / 256 15 :FFT Commands :FFT:CENTer / 259 :FFT:DISPlay / 260 :FFT:OFFSet / 261 :FFT:RANGe / 262 :FFT:REFerence / 263 :FFT:SCALe / 264 :FFT:SOURce1 / 265 :FFT:SPAN / 266 :FFT:VTY
:FRANalysis:TRACe / 283 :FRANalysis:WGEN:LOAD / 284 :FRANalysis:WGEN:VOLTage / 285 17 :FUNCtion Commands :FUNCtion:DISPlay / 290 :FUNCtion[:FFT]:CENTer / 291 :FUNCtion[:FFT]:PHASe:REFerence / 292 :FUNCtion[:FFT]:SPAN / 293 :FUNCtion[:FFT]:VTYPe / 294 :FUNCtion[:FFT]:WINDow / 295 :FUNCtion:FREQuency:LOWPass / 296 :FUNCtion:GOFT:OPERation / 297 :FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce1 / 298 :FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce2 / 299 :FUNCtion:OFFSet / 300 :FUNCtion:OPERation / 301 :FUNCtion:RANGe / 303 :FUNCtion:REFerence / 304 :FUNCtion:S
:MARKer:XUNits / 330 :MARKer:XUNits:USE / 331 :MARKer:Y1Position / 332 :MARKer:Y2Position / 333 :MARKer:YDELta / 334 :MARKer:YUNits / 335 :MARKer:YUNits:USE / 336 20 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:ALL / 347 :MEASure:BRATe / 348 :MEASure:CLEar / 349 :MEASure:COUNter / 350 :MEASure:DEFine / 351 :MEASure:DELay / 354 :MEASure:DUTYcycle / 356 :MEASure:FALLtime / 357 :MEASure:FREQuency / 358 :MEASure:NDUTy / 359 :MEASure:NWIDth / 360 :MEASure:OVERshoot / 361 :MEASure:PERiod / 363 :MEASure:PHASe / 364 :MEASure:PRESho
:MEASure:WINDow / 386 :MEASure:XMAX / 387 :MEASure:XMIN / 388 21 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:ALL / 394 :MTESt:AMASk:CREate / 395 :MTESt:AMASk:SOURce / 396 :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs / 397 :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta / 398 :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta / 399 :MTESt:COUNt:FWAVeforms / 400 :MTESt:COUNt:RESet / 401 :MTESt:COUNt:TIME / 402 :MTESt:COUNt:WAVeforms / 403 :MTESt:DATA / 404 :MTESt:DELete / 405 :MTESt:ENABle / 406 :MTESt:LOCK / 407 :MTESt:RMODe / 408 :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:MEASure / 409 :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:PRINt / 410 :MTESt:RMODe:
23 :SAVE Commands :SAVE:FILename / 434 :SAVE:IMAGe[:STARt] / 435 :SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors / 436 :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat / 437 :SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver / 438 :SAVE:IMAGe:PALette / 439 :SAVE:MASK[:STARt] / 440 :SAVE:MULTi[:STARt] / 441 :SAVE:PWD / 442 :SAVE:SETup[:STARt] / 443 :SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt] / 444 :SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat / 445 :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth / 446 :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth:MAX / 447 :SAVE:WAVeform:SEGMented / 448 :SAVE:WMEMory:SOURce / 449 :SAVE:WMEMory[:STARt] / 450 24 :SBUS Commands General :SBUS Commands
:SBUS:IIC[:SOURce]:CLOCk / 475 :SBUS:IIC[:SOURce]:DATA / 476 :SBUS:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:ADDRess / 477 :SBUS:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA / 478 :SBUS:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATa2 / 479 :SBUS:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier / 480 :SBUS:IIC:TRIGger[:TYPE] / 481 :SBUS:LIN Commands / 483 :SBUS:LIN:PARity / 485 :SBUS:LIN:SAMPlepoint / 486 :SBUS:LIN:SIGNal:BAUDrate / 487 :SBUS:LIN:SOURce / 488 :SBUS:LIN:STANdard / 489 :SBUS:LIN:SYNCbreak / 490 :SBUS:LIN:TRIGger / 491 :SBUS:LIN:TRIGger
:SBUS:UART:COUNt:RXFRames / 520 :SBUS:UART:COUNt:TXFRames / 521 :SBUS:UART:FRAMing / 522 :SBUS:UART:PARity / 523 :SBUS:UART:POLarity / 524 :SBUS:UART:SOURce:RX / 525 :SBUS:UART:SOURce:TX / 526 :SBUS:UART:TRIGger:BASE / 527 :SBUS:UART:TRIGger:BURSt / 528 :SBUS:UART:TRIGger:DATA / 529 :SBUS:UART:TRIGger:IDLE / 530 :SBUS:UART:TRIGger:QUALifier / 531 :SBUS:UART:TRIGger:TYPE / 532 :SBUS:UART:WIDTh / 533 25 :SYSTem Commands :SYSTem:DATE / 537 :SYSTem:DSP / 538 :SYSTem:ER
:TIMebase:VERNier / 566 :TIMebase:WINDow:POSition / 567 :TIMebase:WINDow:RANGe / 568 :TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe / 569 27 :TRIGger Commands General :TRIGger Commands / 573 :TRIGger:FORCe / 574 :TRIGger:HFReject / 575 :TRIGger:HOLDoff / 576 :TRIGger:LEVel:ASETup / 577 :TRIGger:LEVel:HIGH / 578 :TRIGger:LEVel:LOW / 579 :TRIGger:MODE / 580 :TRIGger:NREJect / 581 :TRIGger:SWEep / 582 :TRIGger[:EDGE] Commands / 583 :TRIGger[:EDGE]:COUPling / 584 :TRIGger[:EDGE]:LEVel / 585 :TRIGger[:EDGE]:REJect / 586 :TRIGger[:EDGE
:TRIGger:TRANsition Commands / 608 :TRIGger:TRANsition:QUALifier / 609 :TRIGger:TRANsition:SLOPe / 610 :TRIGger:TRANsition:SOURce / 611 :TRIGger:TRANsition:TIME / 612 :TRIGger:TV Commands / 613 :TRIGger:TV:LINE / 614 :TRIGger:TV:MODE / 615 :TRIGger:TV:POLarity / 616 :TRIGger:TV:SOURce / 617 :TRIGger:TV:STANdard / 618 28 :WAVeform Commands :WAVeform:BYTeorder / 626 :WAVeform:COUNt / 627 :WAVeform:DATA / 628 :WAVeform:FORMat / 630 :WAVeform:POINts / 631 :WAVeform:POINts:MODE / 633 :WAVeform:PREamble / 635 :W
:WGEN:MODulation:AM:FREQuency / 666 :WGEN:MODulation:FM:DEViation / 667 :WGEN:MODulation:FM:FREQuency / 668 :WGEN:MODulation:FSKey:FREQuency / 669 :WGEN:MODulation:FSKey:RATE / 670 :WGEN:MODulation:FUNCtion / 671 :WGEN:MODulation:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry / 672 :WGEN:MODulation:NOISe / 673 :WGEN:MODulation:STATe / 674 :WGEN:MODulation:TYPE / 675 :WGEN:OUTPut / 677 :WGEN:OUTPut:LOAD / 678 :WGEN:OUTPut:POLarity / 679 :WGEN:PERiod / 680 :WGEN:RST / 681 :WGEN:VOLTage / 682 :WGEN:VOLTage:HIGH / 683 :WGEN:VOLTage:LO
:HARDcopy:FILename / 712 :HARDcopy:GRAYscale / 713 :HARDcopy:IGColors / 714 :HARDcopy:PDRiver / 715 :MEASure:LOWer / 716 :MEASure:SCRatch / 717 :MEASure:TDELta / 718 :MEASure:THResholds / 719 :MEASure:TMAX / 720 :MEASure:TMIN / 721 :MEASure:TSTArt / 722 :MEASure:TSTOp / 723 :MEASure:TVOLt / 724 :MEASure:UPPer / 725 :MEASure:VDELta / 726 :MEASure:VSTArt / 727 :MEASure:VSTOp / 728 :MTESt:AMASk:{SAVE | STORe} / 729 :MTESt:AVERage / 730 :MTESt:AVERage:COUNt / 731 :MTESt:LOAD / 732 :MTESt:RUMode / 733 :MTESt:RUM
(Standard) Event Status Register (ESR) / 761 (Standard) Event Status Enable Register (ESE) / 762 Error Queue / 763 Operation Status Event Register (:OPERegister[:EVENt]) / 764 Operation Status Condition Register (:OPERegister:CONDition) / 765 Arm Event Register (AER) / 766 Overload Event Register (:OVLRegister) / 767 Mask Test Event Event Register (:MTERegister[:EVENt]) / 768 Clearing Registers and Queues / 769 Status Reporting Decision Chart / 770 34 Synchronizing Acquisitions Synchronization in the Progr
36 Programming Examples VISA COM Examples / 792 VISA COM Example in Visual Basic / 792 VISA COM Example in C# / 801 VISA COM Example in Visual Basic .NET / 810 VISA COM Example in Python / 818 VISA Examples / 825 VISA Example in C / 825 VISA Example in Visual Basic / 834 VISA Example in C# / 844 VISA Example in Visual Basic .NET / 855 VISA Example in Python (PyVISA 1.5 and older) / 865 VISA Example in Python (PyVISA 1.6 and newer) / 871 VISA.NET Examples / 878 VISA.NET Example in C# / 878 VISA.
Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 1 What's New What's New in Version 1.10 / 26 Version 1.
1 What's New What's New in Version 1.10 New features in version 1.10 of the InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series oscilloscope software are: • Frequency Response Analysis (FRA) updates. More detailed descriptions of the new and changed commands appear below. New Commands Changed Commands 26 Command Description :FRANalysis:FREQuency:MODE (see page 275) Lets you select between the normal swept frequency response analysis or analysis at a single frequency, which can be useful when debugging.
What's New 1 Version 1.00 at Introduction The Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series oscilloscopes were introduced with version 1.00 of oscilloscope operating software. The command set is most closely related to the InfiniiVision 2000 X-Series oscilloscopes (and the 7000 Series, 6000 Series, and 54620/54640 Series oscilloscopes before them). For more information, see "Command Differences From 2000 X-Series Oscilloscopes" on page 28.
1 What's New Command Differences From 2000 X-Series Oscilloscopes The Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series oscilloscopes command set is most closely related to the InfiniiVision 2000 X-Series oscilloscopes (and the 7000 Series, 6000 Series, and 54620/54640 Series oscilloscopes before them). The main differences between the version 2.50 programming command set for the InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series oscilloscopes and the 2.
What's New Command Description :FFT Commands (see page 257) Commands for using the FFT function feature. :FRANalysis Commands (see page 271) Commands for using the Frequency Response Analysis feature. :FUNCtion[:FFT]:PHASe:REFere nce (see page 292) Sets the reference point for calculating the FFT Phase function to either the trigger point or beginning of the displayed waveform. :FUNCtion:FREQuency:LOWPas s (see page 296) Sets the low-pass filter's -3 dB cutoff frequency.
1 What's New Changed Commands 30 Command Description :TRIGger:TRANsition Commands (see page 608) For setting up transition triggers (previously in 3000 X-Series oscilloscopes). :WGEN:OUTPut:POLarity (see page 679) Lets you invert the waveform generator output. Command Differences From InfiniiVision 2000 X-Series Oscilloscopes :BLANk (see page 142) FFT, ABUS, and EXT sources are available. :CALibrate:OUTPut (see page 193) This command controls the Gen Out output signal (instead of TRIG OUT).
What's New Obsolete Commands Discontinued Commands Command Differences From InfiniiVision 2000 X-Series Oscilloscopes :STATus (see page 161) FFT and ABUS sources are available. :TRIGger:LEVel:HIGH (see page 578) EXTernal source is available. :TRIGger:LEVel:LOW (see page 579) EXTernal source is available. :TRIGger:MODE (see page 580) SHOLd and TRANsition modes, as well as the PATTern mode, are available for DSOX1000-Series oscilloscopes.
1 32 What's New Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 2 Setting Up Step 1. Install Keysight IO Libraries Suite software / 34 Step 2. Connect and set up the oscilloscope / 35 Step 3. Verify the oscilloscope connection / 36 This chapter explains how to install the Keysight IO Libraries Suite software, connect the oscilloscope to the controller PC, set up the oscilloscope, and verify the oscilloscope connection.
2 Setting Up Step 1. Install Keysight IO Libraries Suite software 1 Download the Keysight IO Libraries Suite software from the Keysight web site at: • http://www.keysight.com/find/iolib 2 Run the setup file, and follow its installation instructions.
Setting Up 2 Step 2. Connect and set up the oscilloscope The 1000 X-Series oscilloscope has one interface you can use for programming: • USB (device port). This interface is always active. USB Device Port Figure 1 Control Connector on Rear Panel Using the USB (Device) Interface 1 Connect a USB cable from the controller PC's USB port to the "USB DEVICE" port on the back of the oscilloscope. This is a USB 2.0 high-speed port.
2 Setting Up Step 3. Verify the oscilloscope connection 1 On the controller PC, click on the Keysight IO Control icon in the taskbar and choose Connection Expert from the popup menu. 2 In the Keysight Connection Expert application, instruments connected to the controller's USB interface should automatically appear in the Instruments tab.
2 Setting Up 3 Test some commands on the instrument: a In the Details for the selected instrument, click Send Commands To This Instrument. b In the Keysight Interactive IO application, enter commands in the Command field and press Send Command, Read Response, or Send & Read. c Choose Connect > Exit from the menu to exit the Keysight Interactive IO application. 4 In the Keysight Connection Expert application, choose File > Exit from the menu to exit the application.
2 38 Setting Up Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 3 Getting Started Basic Oscilloscope Program Structure / 40 Programming the Oscilloscope / 42 This chapter gives you an overview of programming the 1000 X-Series oscilloscopes. It describes basic oscilloscope program structure and shows how to program the oscilloscope using a few simple examples. The getting started examples show how to send oscilloscope setup, data capture, and query commands, and they show how to read query results.
3 Getting Started Basic Oscilloscope Program Structure The following figure shows the basic structure of every program you will write for the oscilloscope. Initializing To ensure consistent, repeatable performance, you need to start the program, controller, and oscilloscope in a known state. Without correct initialization, your program may run correctly in one instance and not in another.
Getting Started 3 You could also put the oscilloscope into run mode, then use a wait loop in your program to ensure that the oscilloscope has completed at least one acquisition before you make a measurement. Keysight does not recommend this because the needed length of the wait loop may vary, causing your program to fail. :DIGitize, on the other hand, ensures that data capture is complete.
3 Getting Started Programming the Oscilloscope • "Referencing the IO Library" on page 42 • "Opening the Oscilloscope Connection via the IO Library" on page 43 • "Using :AUToscale to Automate Oscilloscope Setup" on page 44 • "Using Other Oscilloscope Setup Commands" on page 44 • "Capturing Data with the :DIGitize Command" on page 45 • "Reading Query Responses from the Oscilloscope" on page 47 • "Reading Query Results into String Variables" on page 48 • "Reading Query Results into Numeric Var
Getting Started 3 3 Click OK. To reference the Keysight VISA COM library in Microsoft Visual Basic 6.0: 1 Choose Project > References... from the main menu. 2 In the References dialog, check the "VISA COM 5.9 Type Library". 3 Click OK. Opening the Oscilloscope Connection via the IO Library PC controllers communicate with the oscilloscope by sending and receiving messages over a remote interface.
3 Getting Started Dim myMgr As VisaComLib.ResourceManager Dim myScope As VisaComLib.FormattedIO488 Set myMgr = New VisaComLib.ResourceManager Set myScope = New VisaComLib.FormattedIO488 ' Open the connection to the oscilloscope. Get the VISA Address from the ' Keysight Connection Expert (installed with Keysight IO Libraries Suite ). Set myScope.IO = myMgr.Open("") ' Clear the interface buffer and set the interface timeout to 10 seconds . myScope.IO.Clear myScope.IO.
Getting Started 3 Vertical is set to 16 V full-scale (2 V/div) with center of screen at 1 V and probe attenuation set to 10. This example sets the time base at 1 ms full-scale (100 ms/div) with a delay of 100 µs. Example Oscilloscope Setup Code This program demonstrates the basic command structure used to program the oscilloscope. ' Initialize the instrument interface to a known state. myScope.IO.Clear myScope.IO.Timeout = 10000 ' Set interface timeout to 10 seconds.
3 Getting Started NOTE Ensure New Data is Collected When you change the oscilloscope configuration, the waveform buffers are cleared. Before doing a measurement, send the :DIGitize command to the oscilloscope to ensure new data has been collected. When you send the :DIGitize command to the oscilloscope, the specified channel signal is digitized with the current :ACQuire parameters.
Getting Started 3 The easiest method of transferring a digitized waveform depends on data structures, formatting available and I/O capabilities. You must scale the integers to determine the voltage value of each point. These integers are passed starting with the left most point on the instrument's display. For more information, see the waveform subsystem commands and corresponding program code examples in Chapter 28, “:WAVeform Commands,” starting on page 619.
3 Getting Started Reading Query Results into String Variables The output of the instrument may be numeric or character data depending on what is queried. Refer to the specific command descriptions for the formats and types of data returned from queries. NOTE Express String Variables Using Exact Syntax In Visual Basic, string variables are case sensitive and must be expressed exactly the same each time they are used. The following example shows numeric data being returned to a string variable: myScope.
3 Getting Started /TLADQ NE %HFHSR 5G@S 'NKKNV "BST@K %@S@ AXSDR NE C@S@ SDQLHM@SNQ /TLADQ NE #XSDR SN AD 5Q@MRLHSSDC Figure 2 Definite-length block response data The "8" states the number of digits that follow, and "00001000" states the number of bytes to be transmitted.
3 Getting Started To read the :TIMebase:RANGe?;DELay? query result into multiple numeric variables, you could use the ReadList method to read the query results into a variant array variable using the commands: myScope.WriteString ":TIMebase:RANGe?;DELay?" Dim varResults() As Variant varResults() = myScope.
Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 4 Commands Quick Reference Command Summary / 52 Syntax Elements / 103 51
4 Commands Quick Reference Command Summary 52 • Common (*) Commands Summary (see page 53) • Root (:) Commands Summary (see page 56) • :ABUS Commands Summary (see page 58) • :ACQuire Commands Summary (see page 59) • :CALibrate Commands Summary (see page 59) • :CHANnel Commands Summary (see page 60) • :DEMO Commands Summary (see page 62) • :DISPlay Commands Summary (see page 62) • :DVM Commands Summary (see page 63) • :EXTernal Trigger Commands Summary (see page 64) • :FFT Commands
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 2 • :WGEN Commands Summary (see page 99) • :WMEMory Commands Summary (see page 101) Common (*) Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns *CLS (see page 111) n/a n/a *ESE (see page 112) *ESE? (see page 112) ::= 0 to 255; an integer in NR1 format: Bit Weight Name Enables --- ------ ---- ---------7 128 PON Power On 6 64 URQ User Request 5 32 CME Command Error 4 16 EXE Execution Error 3 8 DDE Dev.
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 2 Common (*) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns n/a *OPT? (see page 119) ::= 0,0, ::= , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ,
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 2 Common (*) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns *SRE (see page 125) *SRE? (see page 126) ::= sum of all bits that are set, 0 to 255; an integer in NR1 format. ::= following values: Bit Weight Name Enables --- ------ ---- ---------7 128 OPER Operation Status Reg 6 64 ---- (Not used.) 5 32 ESB Event Status Bit 4 16 MAV Message Available 3 8 ---- (Not used.
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 3 Root (:) Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns n/a :AER? (see page 136) {0 | 1}; an integer in NR1 format :AUToscale [[,..
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 3 Root (:) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :OVLenable (see page 154) :OVLenable? (see page 154) ::= 16-bit integer in NR1 format as shown: Bit Weight Input --- ------ ---------10 1024 Ext Trigger Fault 9 512 Channel 4 Fault 8 256 Channel 3 Fault 7 128 Channel 2 Fault 6 64 Channel 1 Fault 4 16 Ext Trigger OVL 3 8 Channel 4 OVL 2 4 Channel 3 OVL 1 2 Channel 2 OVL 0 1 Channel 1 OVL n/a :OVLRegister? (see page 156) <
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 3 Root (:) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns n/a :TER? (see page 163) {0 | 1} :VIEW (see page 164) n/a ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format Table 4 :ABUS Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :ABUS:BIT {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 167) :ABUS:BIT? (see page 167) {0 | 1} :AB
Commands Quick Reference Table 5 :ACQuire Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :ACQuire:COMPlete (see page 177) :ACQuire:COMPlete? (see page 177) ::= 100; an integer in NR1 format :ACQuire:COUNt (see page 178) :ACQuire:COUNt? (see page 178) ::= an integer from 2 to 65536 in NR1 format :ACQuire:MODE (see page 179) :ACQuire:MODE? (see page 179) ::= {RTIMe | SEGMented} n/a :ACQuire:POINts? (see page 180) <# points> ::= an
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 6 :CALibrate Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns n/a :CALibrate:STATus? (see page 196) ::= , ::= an integer status code ::= an ASCII status string n/a :CALibrate:TEMPeratur e? (see page 197) ::= degrees C delta since last cal in NR3 format n/a :CALibrate:TIME? (see page 198) ::= ,,; all in NR1 format
Commands Quick Reference Table 7 4 :CHANnel Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :CHANnel:LABel (see page 208) :CHANnel:LABel? (see page 208) ::= any series of 10 or less ASCII characters enclosed in quotation marks ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format :CHANnel:OFFSet [suffix] (see page 209) :CHANnel:OFFSet? (see page 209) ::= Vertical offset value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {V | mV} ::= 1 to (# analo
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 7 :CHANnel Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :CHANnel:SCALe [suffix] (see page 217) :CHANnel:SCALe? (see page 217) ::= Vertical units per division value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {V | mV} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format :CHANnel:UNITs (see page 218) :CHANnel:UNITs? (see page 218) ::= {VOLT | AMPere} :CHANnel:VERNier {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 219) :CHANnel<
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 9 :DISPlay Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :DISPlay:CLEar (see page 231) n/a n/a n/a :DISPlay:DATA? [][,][] (see page 232) ::= {BMP | BMP8bit | PNG} ::= {COLor | GRAYscale} ::= data in IEEE 488.2 # format :DISPlay:INTensity:WA Veform (see page 233) :DISPlay:INTensity:WA Veform? (see page 233) ::= an integer from 0 to 100 in NR1 format.
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 10 :DVM Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :DVM:MODE (see page 244) :DVM:MODE? (see page 244) ::= {ACRMs | DC | DCRMs | FREQuency} :DVM:SOURce (see page 245) :DVM:SOURce? (see page 245) ::= {CHANnel} Table 11 ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format :EXTernal Trigger Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :EXTernal:BWLimit (see page 249) :EXTernal:BW
Commands Quick Reference Table 12 4 :FFT Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :FFT:CENTer (see page 259) :FFT:CENTer? (see page 259) ::= the current center frequency in NR3 format. The range of legal values is from -25 GHz to 25 GHz. :FFT:DISPlay {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 260) :FFT:DISPlay? (see page 260) ::= 1-6, in NR1 format.
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 13 :FFT Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FRANalysis:FREQuency :MODE (see page 275) :FRANalysis:FREQuency :MODE? (see page 275) ::= {SWEep | SINGle} :FRANalysis:FREQuency :SINGle [suffix] (see page 276) :FRANalysis:FREQuency :SINGle? (see page 276) ::= {20 | 100 | 1000 | 10000 | 100000 | 1000000 | 10000000 | 2000000} :FRANalysis:FREQuency :STARt [suffix] (see page 277) :FRANalysis:FRE
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 14 :FUNCtion Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion:DISPlay {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 290) :FUNCtion:DISPlay? (see page 290) {0 | 1} :FUNCtion[:FFT]:CENTe r (see page 291) :FUNCtion[:FFT]:CENTe r? (see page 291) ::= the current center frequency in NR3 format. The range of legal values is from 0 Hz to 25 GHz.
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 14 :FUNCtion Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion:OPERation (see page 301) :FUNCtion:OPERation? (see page 301) ::= {ADD | SUBTract | MULTiply | DIVide | FFT | FFTPhase | LOWPass} :FUNCtion:RANGe (see page 303) :FUNCtion:RANGe? (see page 303) ::= the full-scale vertical axis value in NR3 format. The range for ADD, SUBT, MULT is 8E-6 to 800E+3.
Commands Quick Reference Table 15 4 :HARDcopy Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :HARDcopy:FACTors {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 313) :HARDcopy:FACTors? (see page 313) {0 | 1} :HARDcopy:FFEed {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 314) :HARDcopy:FFEed? (see page 314) {0 | 1} :HARDcopy:INKSaver {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 315) :HARDcopy:INKSaver? (see page 315) {0 | 1} :HARDcopy:LAYout (see page 316) :HARDcopy:LAYout? (see page 316) ::=
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 16 :MARKer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MARKer:X1Y1source (see page 326) :MARKer:X1Y1source? (see page 326) ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | FFT | WMEMory | EXTernal} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1-2 in NR1 format EXTernal available for MANUAL mode only ::= :MARKer:X2Position [suffix] (see page 327) :MARKer:X2Position? (see page 327)
Commands Quick Reference Table 16 :MARKer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns n/a :MARKer:YDELta? (see page 334) ::= Y cursors delta value in NR3 format :MARKer:YUNits (see page 335) :MARKer:YUNits? (see page 335) ::= {BASE | PERCent} :MARKer:YUNits:USE (see page 336) n/a n/a Table 17 4 :MEASure Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:ALL (see page 347) n/a n/a :MEASure:BRATe [] (see page
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 17 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:DEFine THResholds, [,] (see page 351) :MEASure:DEFine? THResholds[,] (see page 352) ::= {STANdard} | {,, ,} ::= {PERCent | ABSolute} ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | FFT | WMEMory} :MEASure:DELay [] [,] (see page 354) :MEASure:DELay? [
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 17 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:FREQuency [] (see page 358) :MEASure:FREQuency? [] (see page 358) ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory | EXTernal} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1-2 in NR1 format ::= frequency in Hertz in NR3 format :MEASure:NDUTy [] (see page 359) :MEASure:NDUTy? [] (see page 359) ::= {CHANn
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 17 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:PERiod [] (see page 363) :MEASure:PERiod? [] (see page 363) ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory | EXTernal} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1-2 in NR1 format ::= waveform period in seconds in NR3 format :MEASure:PHASe [] [,] (see page 364) :MEASure:PHASe? [] [,] (see
Commands Quick Reference Table 17 4 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:RISetime [] (see page 368) :MEASure:RISetime? [] (see page 368) ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1-2 in NR1 format ::= rise time in seconds in NR3 format :MEASure:SDEViation [] (see page 369) :MEASure:SDEViation? [] (see page 369) ::= {CHANne
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 17 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns n/a :MEASure:TVALue? , [] [,] (see page 375) ::= voltage level that the waveform must cross. ::= direction of the waveform when is crossed. ::= transitions reported.
Commands Quick Reference Table 17 4 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:VMAX [] (see page 380) :MEASure:VMAX? [] (see page 380) ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | FFT | WMEMory} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1-2 in NR1 format ::= maximum voltage of the selected waveform in NR3 format :MEASure:VMIN [] (see page 381) :MEASure:VMIN? [] (see page 381) ::= {
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 17 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns n/a :MEASure:VTIMe? [,] (see page 384) ::= displayed time from trigger in seconds in NR3 format ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory | EXTernal} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1-2 in NR1 format ::= voltage at the specified time in NR3 format :MEASure:VTOP [] (see page 385) :MEASure:VTOP? [
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 18 :MTESt Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :MTESt:ALL {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 394) :MTESt:ALL? (see page 394) {0 | 1} :MTESt:AMASk:CREate (see page 395) n/a n/a :MTESt:AMASk:SOURce (see page 396) :MTESt:AMASk:SOURce? (see page 396) ::= CHANnel ::= {1 | 2 | 3 | 4} for 4ch models ::= {1 | 2} for 2ch models :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs (see page 397) :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs? (see page 397) ::= {CUR
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 18 :MTESt Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion: MEASure {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 409) :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion: MEASure? (see page 409) {0 | 1} :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion: PRINt {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 410) :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion: PRINt? (see page 410) {0 | 1} :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion: SAVE {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 411) :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion: SAVE? (see page 411) {0 | 1} :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion: STOP {
Commands Quick Reference Table 18 4 :MTESt Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MTESt:SOURce (see page 421) :MTESt:SOURce? (see page 421) ::= {CHANnel | NONE} ::= {1 | 2 | 3 | 4} for 4ch models ::= {1 | 2} for 2ch models n/a Table 19 :MTESt:TITLe? (see page 422) ::= a string of up to 128 ASCII characters :RECall Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :RECall:FILename (see page 425) :RECall:
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 20 :SAVE Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SAVE:FILename (see page 434) :SAVE:FILename? (see page 434) ::= quoted ASCII string :SAVE:IMAGe[:STARt] [] (see page 435) n/a ::= quoted ASCII string :SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 436) :SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors? (see page 436) {0 | 1} :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat (see page 437) :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat? (see page 437) ::= {TIF
Commands Quick Reference Table 20 4 :SAVE Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat (see page 445) :SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat ? (see page 445) ::= {ASCiixy | CSV | BINary | NONE} :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth (see page 446) :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth ? (see page 446) ::= 100 to max.
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 22 :SBUS:CAN Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns n/a :SBUS:CAN:COUNt:ER Ror? (see page 458) ::= integer in NR1 format n/a :SBUS:CAN:COUNt:OV ERload? (see page 459) ::= integer in NR1 format :SBUS:CAN:COUNt:RE Set (see page 460) n/a n/a n/a :SBUS:CAN:COUNt:TO Tal? (see page 461) ::= integer in NR1 format n/a :SBUS:CAN:COUNt:UT ILization? (see page 462) ::= floating-
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 22 :SBUS:CAN Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS:CAN:TRIGger: PATTern:ID (see page 471) :SBUS:CAN:TRIGger: PATTern:ID? (see page 471) ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | $} :SBUS:CAN:TRIGger: PATTern:ID:MODE (see page 472) :SBUS:CAN:TRIGger: PATTern:ID:MODE? (see page 472) ::= {STANdard | EXTended} Table 23
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 24 :SBUS:LIN Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS:LIN:PARity {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 485) :SBUS:LIN:PARity? (see page 485) {0 | 1} :SBUS:LIN:SAMPlepo int (see page 486) :SBUS:LIN:SAMPlepo int? (see page 486) ::= {60 | 62.5 | 68 | 70 | 75 | 80 | 87.
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 24 :SBUS:LIN Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS:LIN:TRIGger: PATTern:DATA:LENGth (see page 495) :SBUS:LIN:TRIGger: PATTern:DATA:LENGth? (see page 495) ::= integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format :SBUS:LIN:TRIGger: PATTern:FORMat (see page 496) :SBUS:LIN:TRIGger: PATTern:FORMat? (see page 496) ::= {BINary | HEX | DECimal} Table 25 :SBUS:SPI Commands Summary Command Query Optio
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 25 :SBUS:SPI Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS:SPI:TRIGger: PATTern:MISO:DATA (see page 507) :SBUS:SPI:TRIGger: PATTern:MISO:DATA? (see page 507) ::= "nn...
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 26 :SBUS:UART Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns n/a :SBUS:UART:COUNt:T XFRames? (see page 521) ::= integer in NR1 format :SBUS:UART:FRAMing (see page 522) :SBUS:UART:FRAMing ? (see page 522) ::= {OFF | | } ::= 8-bit integer from 0-255 (0x00-0xff) ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal ::= #Bnn...
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 26 :SBUS:UART Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS:UART:TRIGger :DATA (see page 529) :SBUS:UART:TRIGger :DATA? (see page 529) ::= 8-bit integer from 0-255 (0x00-0xff) in decimal, , , or format ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal ::= #Bnn...
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 27 :SYSTem Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns n/a :SYSTem:ERRor? (see page 539) ::= an integer error code ::= quoted ASCII string. See Error Messages (see page 743).
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 27 :SYSTem Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SYSTem:RLOGger:TRANs parent {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 553) :SYSTem:RLOGger:TRANs parent? (see page 553) ::= {0 | 1} :SYSTem:RLOGger:WMODe (see page 554) :SYSTem:RLOGger:WMODe ? (see page 554) ::= {CREate | APPend} :SYSTem:SETup (see page 555) :SYSTem:SETup? (see page 555) ::= data in IEEE 488.2 # format.
Commands Quick Reference Table 28 :TIMebase Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :TIMebase:WINDow:RANG e (see page 568) :TIMebase:WINDow:RANG e? (see page 568) ::= range value in seconds in NR3 format for the zoomed window :TIMebase:WINDow:SCAL e (see page 569) :TIMebase:WINDow:SCAL e? (see page 569) ::= scale value in seconds in NR3 format for the zoomed window Table 29 4 General :TRIGger Commands Summary
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 29 General :TRIGger Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:NREJect {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 581) :TRIGger:NREJect? (see page 581) {0 | 1} :TRIGger:SWEep (see page 582) :TRIGger:SWEep? (see page 582) ::= {AUTO | NORMal} Table 30 :TRIGger[:EDGE] Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger[:EDGE]:COUPl ing {AC | DC | LFReject} (see page 584) :TRIGger[:EDGE]:COUPl ing? (see pa
Commands Quick Reference Table 31 4 :TRIGger:GLITch Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:GLITch:GREat erthan [s uffix] (see page 590) :TRIGger:GLITch:GREat erthan? (see page 590) ::= floating-point number in NR3 format :TRIGger:GLITch:LESSt han [suff ix] (see page 591) :TRIGger:GLITch:LESSt han? (see page 591) :TRIGger:GLITch:LEVel [] (see page 592) :TRIGger:GLITch:LEVel ? (see page 592) [suffix
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 32 :TRIGger:PATTern Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:PATTern [,,] (see page 598) :TRIGger:PATTern? (see page 598) ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | R | F} when = ASCii ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 34 :WAVeform Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :WAVeform:BYTeorder (see page 626) :WAVeform:BYTeorder? (see page 626) ::= {LSBFirst | MSBFirst} n/a :WAVeform:COUNt? (see page 627) ::= an integer from 1 to 65536 in NR1 format n/a :WAVeform:DATA? (see page 628) , For example, to transmit 1000 bytes of data, the syntax would be: #800001000<1000 bytes of data> 8 is the numb
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 34 :WAVeform Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns n/a :WAVeform:PREamble? (see page 635) ::= , ,,, , , ,, , ::= an integer in NR1 format: • 0 for BYTE format • 1 for WORD format • 2 for ASCii format ::= an integer in NR1 format: • • • • 0 1 3 4 for for for for NORM
Commands Quick Reference Table 34 :WAVeform Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns n/a :WAVeform:XINCrement? (see page 648) ::= x-increment in the current preamble in NR3 format n/a :WAVeform:XORigin? (see page 649) ::= x-origin value in the current preamble in NR3 format n/a :WAVeform:XREFerence? (see page 650) ::= 0 (x-reference value in the current preamble in NR1 format) n/a :WAVeform:YINCrement? (see page 651) <
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 35 :WGEN Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :WGEN:MODulation:AM:F REQuency (see page 666) :WGEN:MODulation:AM:F REQuency? (see page 666) ::= modulating waveform frequency in Hz in NR3 format :WGEN:MODulation:FM:D EViation (see page 667) :WGEN:MODulation:FM:D EViation? (see page 667) ::= frequency deviation in Hz in NR3 format :WGEN:MODulation:FM:F REQuency (see page 668
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 35 :WGEN Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :WGEN:PERiod (see page 680) :WGEN:PERiod? (see page 680) ::= period in seconds in NR3 format :WGEN:RST (see page 681) n/a n/a :WGEN:VOLTage (see page 682) :WGEN:VOLTage? (see page 682) ::= amplitude in volts in NR3 format :WGEN:VOLTage:HIGH (see page 683) :WGEN:VOLTage:HIGH? (see page 683) ::= high-level voltage in volts, in
4 Commands Quick Reference Table 36 :WMEMory Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :WMEMory:YOFFset [suffix] (see page 694) :WMEMory:YOFFset? (see page 694) ::= 1-2 in NR1 format ::= vertical offset value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {V | mV} :WMEMory:YRANge [suffix] (see page 695) :WMEMory:YRANge? (see page 695) ::= 1-2 in NR1 format ::= vertical full-scale range value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {V | mV} :WMEMo
Commands Quick Reference 4 Syntax Elements • "Number Format" on page 103 • " (Line Terminator)" on page 103 • "[ ] (Optional Syntax Terms)" on page 103 • "{ } (Braces)" on page 103 • "::= (Defined As)" on page 103 • "< > (Angle Brackets)" on page 104 • "... (Ellipsis)" on page 104 • "n,..,p (Value Ranges)" on page 104 • "d (Digits)" on page 104 • "Quoted ASCII String" on page 104 • "Definite-Length Block Response Data" on page 104 Number Format NR1 specifies integer data.
4 Commands Quick Reference < > (Angle Brackets) < > Angle brackets enclose words or characters that symbolize a program code parameter or an interface command. ... (Ellipsis) ... An ellipsis (trailing dots) indicates that the preceding element may be repeated one or more times. n,..,p (Value Ranges) n,..,p ::= all integers between n and p inclusive. d (Digits) d ::= A single ASCII numeric character 0 - 9.
Commands Quick Reference 4 <1000 bytes of data> is the actual data Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 105
4 106 Commands Quick Reference Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 5 Common (*) Commands Commands defined by IEEE 488.2 standard that are common to all instruments. See "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 109.
5 Common (*) Commands Table 37 Common (*) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns *OPC (see page 118) *OPC? (see page 118) ASCII "1" is placed in the output queue when all pending device operations have completed.
5 Common (*) Commands Table 37 Common (*) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns *SRE (see page 125) *SRE? (see page 126) ::= sum of all bits that are set, 0 to 255; an integer in NR1 format. ::= following values: Bit Weight Name Enables --- ------ ---- ---------7 128 OPER Operation Status Reg 6 64 ---- (Not used.) 5 32 ESB Event Status Bit 4 16 MAV Message Available 3 8 ---- (Not used.
5 Common (*) Commands command is received by the instrument, the instrument remains in the selected subsystem. For example, if the program message ":ACQuire:TYPE AVERage; *CLS; COUNt 256" is received by the instrument, the instrument sets the acquire type, then clears the status information and sets the average count. In contrast, if a root level command or some other subsystem command is within the program message, you must re-enter the original subsystem after the command.
5 Common (*) Commands *CLS (Clear Status) (see page 782) Command Syntax *CLS The *CLS common command clears the status data structures, the device-defined error queue, and the Request-for-OPC flag. NOTE See Also If the *CLS command immediately follows a program message terminator, the output queue and the MAV (message available) bit are cleared.
5 Common (*) Commands *ESE (Standard Event Status Enable) (see page 782) Command Syntax *ESE ::= integer from 0 to 255 The *ESE common command sets the bits in the Standard Event Status Enable Register. The Standard Event Status Enable Register contains a mask value for the bits to be enabled in the Standard Event Status Register. A "1" in the Standard Event Status Enable Register enables the corresponding bit in the Standard Event Status Register.
Common (*) Commands 5 The *ESE? query returns the current contents of the Standard Event Status Enable Register. Return Format ::= 0,..,255; an integer in NR1 format.
5 Common (*) Commands *ESR (Standard Event Status Register) (see page 782) Query Syntax *ESR? The *ESR? query returns the contents of the Standard Event Status Register. When you read the Event Status Register, the value returned is the total bit weights of all of the bits that are high at the time you read the byte. Reading the register clears the Event Status Register. The following table shows bit weight, name, and condition for each bit.
Common (*) Commands NOTE See Also 5 Reading the Standard Event Status Register clears it. High or 1 indicates the bit is true.
5 Common (*) Commands *IDN (Identification Number) (see page 782) Query Syntax *IDN? The *IDN? query identifies the instrument type and software version. Return Format ,,,X.XX.XX ::= KEYSIGHT TECHNOLOGIES ::= the model number of the instrument ::= the serial number of the instrument X.XX.
5 Common (*) Commands *LRN (Learn Device Setup) (see page 782) Query Syntax *LRN? The *LRN? query result contains the current state of the instrument. This query is similar to the :SYSTem:SETup? (see page 555) query, except that it contains ":SYST:SET " before the binary block data. The query result is a valid command that can be used to restore instrument settings at a later time. Return Format ::= :SYST:SET ::= binary block data in IEEE 488.
5 Common (*) Commands *OPC (Operation Complete) (see page 782) Command Syntax *OPC The *OPC command sets the operation complete bit in the Standard Event Status Register when all pending device operations have finished. Query Syntax *OPC? The *OPC? query places an ASCII "1" in the output queue when all pending device operations have completed. The interface hangs until this query returns.
5 Common (*) Commands *OPT (Option Identification) (see page 782) Query Syntax *OPT? The *OPT? query reports the options installed in the instrument. This query returns a string that identifies the module and its software revision level.
5 Common (*) Commands *RCL (Recall) (see page 782) Command Syntax *RCL ::= {0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9} The *RCL command restores the state of the instrument from the specified save/recall register.
5 Common (*) Commands *RST (Reset) (see page 782) Command Syntax *RST The *RST command places the instrument in a known state. This is the same as pressing [Save/Recall] > Defaul t/Erase > Factory Defaul t on the front panel. When you perform a factory default setup, there are no user settings that remain unchanged. To perform the equivalent of the front panel's [Defaul t Setup] key, where some user settings (like preferences) remain unchanged, use the :SYSTem:PRESet command.
5 Common (*) Commands Display Menu Persistence Off Grid 20% Quick Meas Menu Source Channel 1 Run Control Scope is running Time Base Menu Main time/division 100 us Main time base delay 0.00 s Delay time/division 500 ns Delay time base delay 0.00 s Reference center Mode main Vernier Off Trigger Menu 122 Type Edge Mode Auto Coupling dc Source Channel 1 Level 0.
Common (*) Commands See Also Example Code • "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 109 • ":SYSTem:PRESet" on page 544 5 ' RESET - This command puts the oscilloscope into a known state. ' This statement is very important for programs to work as expected. ' Most of the following initialization commands are initialized by ' *RST. It is not necessary to reinitialize them unless the default ' setting is not suitable for your application. myScope.
5 Common (*) Commands *SAV (Save) (see page 782) Command Syntax *SAV ::= {0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9} The *SAV command stores the current state of the instrument in a save register. The data parameter specifies the register where the data will be saved.
Common (*) Commands 5 *SRE (Service Request Enable) (see page 782) Command Syntax *SRE ::= integer with values defined in the following table. The *SRE command sets the bits in the Service Request Enable Register. The Service Request Enable Register contains a mask value for the bits to be enabled in the Status Byte Register. A one in the Service Request Enable Register enables the corresponding bit in the Status Byte Register. A zero disables the bit.
5 Common (*) Commands Table 40 Query Syntax Service Request Enable Register (SRE) Bit Name Description When Set (1 = High = True), Enables: 7 OPER Operation Status Register Interrupts when enabled conditions in the Operation Status Register (OPER) occur. 6 --- --- (Not used.) 5 ESB Event Status Bit Interrupts when enabled conditions in the Standard Event Status Register (ESR) occur. 4 MAV Message Available Interrupts when messages are in the Output Queue. 3 --- --- (Not used.
Common (*) Commands 5 *STB (Read Status Byte) (see page 782) Query Syntax *STB? The *STB? query returns the current value of the instrument's status byte. The MSS (Master Summary Status) bit is reported on bit 6 instead of the RQS (request service) bit. The MSS indicates whether or not the device has at least one reason for requesting service. Return Format ::= 0,..
5 Common (*) Commands Table 41 NOTE See Also 128 Status Byte Register (STB) Bit Name Description When Set (1 = High = True), Ind icates: 7 OPER Operation Status Register An enabled condition in the Operation Status Register (OPER) has occurred. 6 RQS Request Service When polled, that the device is requesting service. MSS Master Summary Status When read (by *STB?), whether the device has a reason for requesting service.
Common (*) Commands 5 *TRG (Trigger) (see page 782) Command Syntax *TRG The *TRG command has the same effect as the :DIGitize command with no parameters.
5 Common (*) Commands *TST (Self Test) (see page 782) Query Syntax *TST? The *TST? query performs a self-test on the instrument. The result of the test is placed in the output queue. A zero indicates the test passed and a non-zero indicates the test failed. If the test fails, refer to the troubleshooting section of the Service Guide.
Common (*) Commands 5 *WAI (Wait To Continue) (see page 782) Command Syntax *WAI The *WAI command has no function in the oscilloscope, but is parsed for compatibility with other instruments.
5 132 Common (*) Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 6 Root (:) Commands Control many of the basic functions of the oscilloscope and reside at the root level of the command tree. See "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 135. Table 42 Root (:) Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns n/a :AER? (see page 136) {0 | 1}; an integer in NR1 format :AUToscale [[,..
6 Root (:) Commands Table 42 Root (:) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MTEenable (see page 144) :MTEenable? (see page 144) ::= 16-bit integer in NR1 format n/a :MTERegister[:EVENt]? (see page 146) ::= 16-bit integer in NR1 format :OPEE (see page 148) :OPEE? (see page 148) ::= 15-bit integer in NR1 format n/a :OPERregister:CONDiti on? (see page 150) ::= 15-bit integer in NR1 format n/a :OPERegister[:EVENt]? (see page 152) :
6 Root (:) Commands Table 42 Root (:) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns n/a :STATus? (see page 161) {0 | 1} ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | FFT | WMEMory | ABUS} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format :STOP (see page 162) n/a n/a n/a :TER? (see page 163) {0 | 1} :VIEW (see page 164) n/a ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory} ::= 1 to (# analog ch
6 Root (:) Commands :AER (Arm Event Register) (see page 782) Query Syntax :AER? The AER query reads the Arm Event Register. After the Arm Event Register is read, it is cleared. A "1" indicates the trigger system is in the armed state, ready to accept a trigger. The Armed Event Register is summarized in the Wait Trig bit of the Operation Status Event Register.
6 Root (:) Commands :AUToscale (see page 782) Command Syntax :AUToscale :AUToscale [[,..,]] ::= CHANnel ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The parameter may be repeated up to 5 times. The :AUToscale command evaluates all input signals and sets the correct conditions to display the signals. This is the same as pressing the [Auto Scale] key on the front panel.
6 Root (:) Commands • Example Code ":AUToscale:AMODE" on page 139 ' AUTOSCALE - This command evaluates all the input signals and sets ' the correct conditions to display all of the active signals. myScope.WriteString ":AUToscale" ' Same as pressing Auto Scale key.
Root (:) Commands 6 :AUToscale:AMODE (see page 782) Command Syntax :AUToscale:AMODE ::= {NORMal | CURRent} The :AUTOscale:AMODE command specifies the acquisition mode that is set by subsequent :AUToscales. • When NORMal is selected, an :AUToscale command sets the NORMal acquisition type and the RTIMe (real-time) acquisition mode. • When CURRent is selected, the current acquisition type and mode are kept on subsequent :AUToscales.
6 Root (:) Commands :AUToscale:CHANnels (see page 782) Command Syntax :AUToscale:CHANnels ::= {ALL | DISPlayed} The :AUTOscale:CHANnels command specifies which channels will be displayed on subsequent :AUToscales. • When ALL is selected, all channels that meet the requirements of :AUToscale will be displayed. • When DISPlayed is selected, only the channels that are turned on are autoscaled. Use the :VIEW or :BLANk root commands to turn channels on or off.
6 Root (:) Commands :AUToscale:FDEBug (see page 782) Command Syntax :AUToscale:FDEBug ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :AUToscale:FDEBug command turns fast debug auto scaling on or off. The Fast Debug option changes the behavior of :AUToscale to let you make quick visual comparisons to determine whether the signal being probed is a DC voltage, ground, or an active AC signal. Channel coupling is maintained for easy viewing of oscillating signals.
6 Root (:) Commands :BLANk (see page 782) Command Syntax :BLANk [] ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | FFT | WMEMory | ABUS | EXT} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :BLANk command turns off (stops displaying) the specified channel, math function, or serial decode bus. The :BLANk command with no parameter turns off all sources. NOTE To turn on (start displaying) a channel, etc., use the :VIEW command.
6 Root (:) Commands :DIGitize (see page 782) Command Syntax :DIGitize [[,..,]] ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | FFT | ABUS | EXT} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The parameter may be repeated up to 5 times. The :DIGitize command is a specialized RUN command. It causes the instrument to acquire waveforms according to the settings of the :ACQuire commands subsystem. When the acquisition is complete, the instrument is stopped.
6 Root (:) Commands :MTEenable (Mask Test Event Enable Register) (see page 782) Command Syntax :MTEenable ::= 16-bit integer The :MTEenable command sets a mask in the Mask Test Event Enable register. Set any of the following bits to "1" to enable bit 9 in the Operation Status Condition Register and potentially cause an SRQ (Service Request interrupt to be generated.
Root (:) Commands • ":AER (Arm Event Register)" on page 136 • ":CHANnel:PROTection" on page 215 • ":OPERegister[:EVENt] (Operation Status Event Register)" on page 152 • ":OVLenable (Overload Event Enable Register)" on page 154 • ":OVLRegister (Overload Event Register)" on page 156 • "*STB (Read Status Byte)" on page 127 • "*SRE (Service Request Enable)" on page 125 Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 6 145
6 Root (:) Commands :MTERegister[:EVENt] (Mask Test Event Event Register) (see page 782) Query Syntax :MTERegister[:EVENt]? The :MTERegister[:EVENt]? query returns the integer value contained in the Mask Test Event Event Register and clears the register.
Root (:) Commands • "*STB (Read Status Byte)" on page 127 • "*SRE (Service Request Enable)" on page 125 Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 6 147
6 Root (:) Commands :OPEE (Operation Status Enable Register) (see page 782) Command Syntax :OPEE ::= 15-bit integer The :OPEE command sets a mask in the Operation Status Enable register. Set any of the following bits to "1" to enable bit 7 in the Status Byte Register and potentially cause an SRQ (Service Request interrupt to be generated.
Root (:) Commands 6 The :OPEE? query returns the current value contained in the Operation Status Enable register as an integer number. Return Format ::= integer in NR1 format.
6 Root (:) Commands :OPERegister:CONDition (Operation Status Condition Register) (see page 782) Query Syntax :OPERegister:CONDition? The :OPERegister:CONDition? query returns the integer value contained in the Operation Status Condition Register.
Root (:) Commands • ":CHANnel:PROTection" on page 215 • ":OPEE (Operation Status Enable Register)" on page 148 • ":OPERegister[:EVENt] (Operation Status Event Register)" on page 152 • ":OVLenable (Overload Event Enable Register)" on page 154 • ":OVLRegister (Overload Event Register)" on page 156 • "*STB (Read Status Byte)" on page 127 • "*SRE (Service Request Enable)" on page 125 • ":MTERegister[:EVENt] (Mask Test Event Event Register)" on page 146 • ":MTEenable (Mask Test Event Enable
6 Root (:) Commands :OPERegister[:EVENt] (Operation Status Event Register) (see page 782) Query Syntax :OPERegister[:EVENt]? The :OPERegister[:EVENt]? query returns the integer value contained in the Operation Status Event Register.
Root (:) Commands See Also 6 • "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 135 • ":CHANnel:PROTection" on page 215 • ":OPEE (Operation Status Enable Register)" on page 148 • ":OPERegister:CONDition (Operation Status Condition Register)" on page 150 • ":OVLenable (Overload Event Enable Register)" on page 154 • ":OVLRegister (Overload Event Register)" on page 156 • "*STB (Read Status Byte)" on page 127 • "*SRE (Service Request Enable)" on page 125 • ":MTERegister[:EVENt] (Mask Test Even
6 Root (:) Commands :OVLenable (Overload Event Enable Register) (see page 782) Command Syntax :OVLenable ::= 16-bit integer The overload enable mask is an integer representing an input as described in the following table. The :OVLenable command sets the mask in the Overload Event Enable Register and enables the reporting of the Overload Event Register. If enabled, such an event will set bit 11 in the Operation Status Register.
Root (:) Commands See Also 6 • "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 135 • ":CHANnel:PROTection" on page 215 • ":OPEE (Operation Status Enable Register)" on page 148 • ":OPERegister:CONDition (Operation Status Condition Register)" on page 150 • ":OPERegister[:EVENt] (Operation Status Event Register)" on page 152 • ":OVLRegister (Overload Event Register)" on page 156 • "*STB (Read Status Byte)" on page 127 • "*SRE (Service Request Enable)" on page 125 Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X
6 Root (:) Commands :OVLRegister (Overload Event Register) (see page 782) Query Syntax :OVLRegister? The :OVLRegister query returns the overload protection value stored in the Overload Event Register (OVLR). A "1" indicates an overload has occurred.
Root (:) Commands 6 :PRINt (see page 782) Command Syntax :PRINt [] ::= [][,..,] ::= {COLor | GRAYscale | PRINter0 | PRINter1 | BMP8bit | BMP | PNG | NOFactors | FACTors} The parameter may be repeated up to 5 times. The PRINt command formats the output according to the currently selected format (device). If an option is not specified, the value selected in the Print Config menu is used.
6 Root (:) Commands :RUN (see page 782) Command Syntax :RUN The :RUN command starts repetitive acquisitions. This is the same as pressing the Run key on the front panel. See Also Example Code • "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 135 • ":SINGle" on page 160 • ":STOP" on page 162 ' RUN_STOP - (not executed in this example) ' - RUN starts the data acquisition for the active waveform display. ' - STOP stops the data acquisition and turns off AUTOSTORE. ' myScope.
Root (:) Commands 6 :SERial (see page 782) Query Syntax :SERial? The :SERial? query returns the serial number of the instrument.
6 Root (:) Commands :SINGle (see page 782) Command Syntax :SINGle The :SINGle command causes the instrument to acquire a single trigger of data. This is the same as pressing the Single key on the front panel.
Root (:) Commands 6 :STATus (see page 782) Query Syntax :STATus? ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | FFT | WMEMory | ABUS | EXT} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :STATus? query reports whether the channel, function, or serial decode bus specified by is displayed. NOTE Return Format MATH is an alias for FUNCtion.
6 Root (:) Commands :STOP (see page 782) Command Syntax :STOP The :STOP command stops the acquisition. This is the same as pressing the Stop key on the front panel.
Root (:) Commands 6 :TER (Trigger Event Register) (see page 782) Query Syntax :TER? The :TER? query reads the Trigger Event Register. After the Trigger Event Register is read, it is cleared. A one indicates a trigger has occurred. A zero indicates a trigger has not occurred. The Trigger Event Register is summarized in the TRG bit of the Status Byte Register (STB).
6 Root (:) Commands :VIEW (see page 782) Command Syntax :VIEW ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | FFT | WMEMory | ABUS | EXT} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :VIEW command turns on the specified channel, function, or serial decode bus. NOTE See Also Example Code MATH is an alias for FUNCtion.
Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 7 :ABUS Commands Control all oscilloscope functions associated with a bus made up of analog channels. See "Introduction to :ABUS Commands" on page 166.
7 :ABUS Commands Introduction to :ABUS Commands The ABUS subsystem commands control the viewing, labeling, and analog channel bus makeup. Reporting the Setup Use :ABUS? to query setup information for the ABUS subsystem. Return Format The following is a sample response from the :ABUS? query. In this case, the query was issued following a *RST command.
:ABUS Commands 7 :ABUS:BIT (see page 782) Command Syntax :ABUS:BIT ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} ::= An integer, 0,..,2, is attached as a suffix to BIT and defines the analog channel that is affected by the command. The :ABUS:BIT command includes or excludes the selected bit as part of the definition for the selected bus. If the parameter is a 1 (ON), the bit is included in the definition. If the parameter is a 0 (OFF), the bit is excluded from the definition.
7 :ABUS Commands :ABUS:BITS (see page 782) Command Syntax :ABUS:BITS , ::= (@,:, ...) where commas separate bits and colons define bit ranges. ::= An integer, 0,..,2, defines an analog channel affected by the command. ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :ABUS:BITS command includes or excludes the selected bits in the channel list in the definition of the analog bus.
:ABUS Commands Example Code 7 ' Include analog channels 1, Ext Trig input in the bus: myScope.WriteString ":ABUS:BITS (@0,2), ON" ' Include all analog channels in the bus: myScope.
7 :ABUS Commands :ABUS:CLEar (see page 782) Command Syntax :ABUS:CLEar The :ABUS:CLEar command excludes all of the analog channels from the selected bus definition.
:ABUS Commands 7 :ABUS:DISPlay (see page 782) Command Syntax :ABUS:DISPlay ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :ABUS:DISPlay command enables or disables the view of the selected bus. Query Syntax :ABUS:DISPlay? The :ABUS:DISPlay? query returns the display value of the selected bus.
7 :ABUS Commands :ABUS:LABel (see page 782) Command Syntax :ABUS:LABel ::= any series of 10 or less characters as a quoted ASCII string. The :ABUS:LABel command sets the bus label to the quoted string. Setting a label for a bus will also result in the name being added to the label list. NOTE Label strings are 10 characters or less, and may contain any commonly used ASCII characters. Labels with more than 10 characters are truncated to 10 characters.
7 :ABUS Commands :ABUS:MASK (see page 782) Command Syntax :ABUS:MASK ::= 32-bit integer in decimal, , or ::= #Hnn...n where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal ::= #Bnn...n where n ::= {0 | 1} for binary ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal The :ABUS:MASK command defines the bits included and excluded in the selected bus according to the mask.
7 174 :ABUS Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 8 :ACQuire Commands Set the parameters for acquiring and storing data. See "Introduction to :ACQuire Commands" on page 175.
8 :ACQuire Commands The :ACQuire:TYPE NORMal command sets the oscilloscope in the normal acquisition mode. For the majority of user models and signals, NORMal mode yields the best oscilloscope picture of the waveform. Averaging The :ACQuire:TYPE AVERage command sets the oscilloscope in the averaging mode. You can set the count by sending the :ACQuire:COUNt command followed by the number of averages. In this mode, the value for averages is an integer from 2 to 65536.
:ACQuire Commands 8 :ACQuire:COMPlete (see page 782) Command Syntax :ACQuire:COMPlete ::= 100; an integer in NR1 format The :ACQuire:COMPlete command affects the operation of the :DIGitize command. It specifies the minimum completion criteria for an acquisition. The parameter determines the percentage of the time buckets that must be "full" before an acquisition is considered complete.
8 :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:COUNt (see page 782) Command Syntax :ACQuire:COUNt ::= integer in NR1 format In averaging mode, the :ACQuire:COUNt command specifies the number of values to be averaged for each time bucket before the acquisition is considered to be complete for that time bucket. When :ACQuire:TYPE is set to AVERage, the count can be set to any value from 2 to 65536. NOTE Query Syntax The :ACQuire:COUNt 1 command has been deprecated.
8 :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:MODE (see page 782) Command Syntax :ACQuire:MODE ::= {RTIMe | SEGMented} The :ACQuire:MODE command sets the acquisition mode of the oscilloscope. • NOTE The :ACQuire:MODE RTIMe command sets the oscilloscope in real time mode. The obsolete command ACQuire:TYPE:REALtime is functionally equivalent to sending ACQuire:MODE RTIMe; TYPE NORMal. • The :ACQuire:MODE SEGMented command sets the oscilloscope in segmented memory mode.
8 :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:POINts (see page 782) Query Syntax :ACQuire:POINts? The :ACQuire:POINts? query returns the number of data points that the hardware will acquire from the input signal. The number of points acquired is not directly controllable. To set the number of points to be transferred from the oscilloscope, use the command :WAVeform:POINts. The :WAVeform:POINts? query will return the number of points available to be transferred from the oscilloscope.
8 :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:SEGMented:ANALyze (see page 782) Command Syntax NOTE :ACQuire:SEGMented:ANALyze Segmented memory is available on the DSOX1000-Series oscilloscope models that have the SGM license. This command calculates measurement statistics and/or infinite persistence over all segments that have been acquired. It corresponds to the front panel Analyze Segments softkey which appears in the Segmented Memory menu.
8 :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt (see page 782) Command Syntax :ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt ::= an integer from 2 to 50 (w/100K memory) in NR1 format NOTE Segmented memory is available on the DSOX1000-Series oscilloscope models that have the SGM license. The :ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt command sets the number of memory segments to acquire.
8 :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex (see page 782) Command Syntax :ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex ::= an integer from 1 to 50 (w/100K memory) in NR1 format NOTE Segmented memory is available on the DSOX1000-Series oscilloscope models that have the SGM license. The :ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex command sets the index into the memory segments that have been acquired. The segmented memory acquisition mode is enabled with the :ACQuire:MODE command.
8 :ACQuire Commands Option Explicit Public Public Public Public myMgr As VisaComLib.ResourceManager myScope As VisaComLib.FormattedIO488 varQueryResult As Variant strQueryResult As String Private Declare Sub Sleep Lib "kernel32" (ByVal dwMilliseconds As Long) Sub Main() On Error GoTo VisaComError ' Create the VISA COM I/O resource. Set myMgr = New VisaComLib.ResourceManager Set myScope = New VisaComLib.FormattedIO488 Set myScope.IO = _ myMgr.Open("USB0::0x0957::0x17A6::US50210029::0::INSTR") myScope.IO.
:ACQuire Commands 8 Dim lngI As Long For lngI = lngSegments To 1 Step -1 ' Set the segmented memory index. myScope.WriteString ":ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex " + CStr(lngI) myScope.WriteString ":ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex?" strQueryResult = myScope.ReadString Debug.Print "Acquisition memory segment index: " + strQueryResult ' Display the segment time tag. myScope.WriteString ":WAVeform:SEGMented:TTAG?" dblTimeTag = myScope.ReadNumber Debug.
8 :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:SRATe (see page 782) Query Syntax :ACQuire:SRATe? The :ACQuire:SRATe? query returns the current oscilloscope acquisition sample rate. The sample rate is not directly controllable.
8 :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:TYPE (see page 782) Command Syntax :ACQuire:TYPE ::= {NORMal | AVERage | HRESolution | PEAK} The :ACQuire:TYPE command selects the type of data acquisition that is to take place. The acquisition types are: • NORMal — sets the oscilloscope in the normal mode. • AVERage — sets the oscilloscope in the averaging mode. You can set the count by sending the :ACQuire:COUNt command followed by the number of averages.
8 :ACQuire Commands See Also Example Code • "Introduction to :ACQuire Commands" on page 175 • ":ACQuire:COUNt" on page 178 • ":ACQuire:MODE" on page 179 • ":DIGitize" on page 143 • ":WAVeform:FORMat" on page 630 • ":WAVeform:TYPE" on page 645 • ":WAVeform:PREamble" on page 635 ' AQUIRE_TYPE - Sets the acquisition mode, which can be NORMAL, ' PEAK, or AVERAGE. myScope.
Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 9 :CALibrate Commands Utility commands for viewing calibration status and for starting the user calibration procedure. See "Introduction to :CALibrate Commands" on page 190.
9 :CALibrate Commands Introduction to :CALibrate Commands 190 The CALibrate subsystem provides utility commands for: • Determining the state of the calibration factor protection switch (CAL PROTECT). • Saving and querying the calibration label string. • Reporting the calibration time and date. • Reporting changes in the temperature since the last calibration. • Starting the user calibration procedure.
:CALibrate Commands 9 :CALibrate:DATE (see page 782) Query Syntax :CALibrate:DATE? The :CALibrate:DATE? query returns the date of the last calibration.
9 :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:LABel (see page 782) Command Syntax :CALibrate:LABel ::= quoted ASCII string of up to 32 characters in length, not including the quotes The CALibrate:LABel command saves a string that is up to 32 characters in length into the instrument's non-volatile memory. The string may be used to record calibration dates or other information as needed. Query Syntax :CALibrate:LABel? The :CALibrate:LABel? query returns the contents of the calibration label string.
9 :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:OUTPut (see page 782) Command Syntax :CALibrate:OUTPut ::= {TRIGgers | MASK | OFF} The CALibrate:OUTPut command sets the signal that is available on the Gen Out BNC: Query Syntax • TRIGgers — pulse when a trigger event occurs. • MASK — signal from mask test indicating a failure. • OFF — either no signal or the waveform generator output signal when :WGEN:OUTPut is ON.
9 :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:PROTected (see page 782) Query Syntax :CALibrate:PROTected? The :CALibrate:PROTected? query returns the rear-panel calibration protect (CAL PROTECT) button state. The value "PROTected" indicates calibration is disabled, and "UNPRotected" indicates calibration is enabled.
:CALibrate Commands 9 :CALibrate:STARt (see page 782) Command Syntax :CALibrate:STARt The CALibrate:STARt command starts the user calibration procedure. NOTE See Also Before starting the user calibration procedure, you must set the rear panel CALIBRATION switch to UNPROTECTED, and you must connect BNC cables from the TRIG OUT connector to the analog channel inputs. See the User's Guide for details.
9 :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:STATus (see page 782) Query Syntax :CALibrate:STATus? The :CALibrate:STATus? query returns the summary results of the last user calibration procedure.
9 :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:TEMPerature (see page 782) Query Syntax :CALibrate:TEMPerature? The :CALibrate:TEMPerature? query returns the change in temperature since the last user calibration procedure.
9 :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:TIME (see page 782) Query Syntax :CALibrate:TIME? The :CALibrate:TIME? query returns the time of the last calibration.
Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 10 :CHANnel Commands Control all oscilloscope functions associated with individual analog channels or groups of channels. See "Introduction to :CHANnel Commands" on page 201.
10 :CHANnel Commands Table 53 :CHANnel Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :CHANnel:OFFSet [suffix] (see page 209) :CHANnel:OFFSet? (see page 209) ::= Vertical offset value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {V | mV} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format :CHANnel:PROBe (see page 210) :CHANnel:PROBe? (see page 210) :CHANnel:PROBe:HEA D[:TYPE] (see page 211) :CHANnel:PROBe:HEA D[:TYPE]? (see page
10 :CHANnel Commands Table 53 :CHANnel Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :CHANnel:UNITs (see page 218) :CHANnel:UNITs? (see page 218) ::= {VOLT | AMPere} :CHANnel:VERNier {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 219) :CHANnel:VERNier? (see page 219) {0 | 1} Introduction to :CHANnel Commands ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
10 :CHANnel Commands :CHANnel:BANDwidth (see page 782) Command Syntax :CHANnel:BANDwidth ::= 25E6 in NR3 format ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel:BANDwidth command sets the bandwidth limit value and turns on bandwidth limiting (see the :CHANnel:BWLimit command). For waveforms with frequencies below the bandwidth limit, turning the bandwidth limit on removes unwanted high frequency noise from the waveform.
:CHANnel Commands 10 :CHANnel:BWLimit (see page 782) Command Syntax :CHANnel:BWLimit ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel:BWLimit command controls an internal low-pass filter. When the filter is on, the bandwidth of the specified channel is limited to approximately 25 MHz. Query Syntax :CHANnel:BWLimit? The :CHANnel:BWLimit? query returns the current setting of the low-pass filter.
10 :CHANnel Commands :CHANnel:COUPling (see page 782) Command Syntax :CHANnel:COUPling ::= {AC | DC} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel:COUPling command selects the input coupling for the specified channel. The coupling for each analog channel can be set to AC or DC. Query Syntax :CHANnel:COUPling? The :CHANnel:COUPling? query returns the current coupling for the specified channel.
:CHANnel Commands 10 :CHANnel:DISPlay (see page 782) Command Syntax :CHANnel:DISPlay ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel:DISPlay command turns the display of the specified channel on or off. Query Syntax :CHANnel:DISPlay? The :CHANnel:DISPlay? query returns the current display setting for the specified channel.
10 :CHANnel Commands :CHANnel:IMPedance (see page 782) Command Syntax :CHANnel:IMPedance ::= ONEMeg ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel:IMPedance command selects the input impedance setting for the specified analog channel. The only legal value for this command is ONEMeg (1 MΩ). Query Syntax :CHANnel:IMPedance? The :CHANnel:IMPedance? query returns the current input impedance setting for the specified channel.
:CHANnel Commands 10 :CHANnel:INVert (see page 782) Command Syntax :CHANnel:INVert ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel:INVert command selects whether or not to invert the input signal for the specified channel. The inversion may be 1 (ON/inverted) or 0 (OFF/not inverted). Query Syntax :CHANnel:INVert? The :CHANnel:INVert? query returns the current state of the channel inversion.
10 :CHANnel Commands :CHANnel:LABel (see page 782) Command Syntax :CHANnel:LABel ::= quoted ASCII string ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format NOTE Label strings are 10 characters or less, and may contain any commonly used ASCII characters. Labels with more than 10 characters are truncated to 10 characters. Lower case characters are converted to upper case. The :CHANnel:LABel command sets the analog channel label to the string that follows.
:CHANnel Commands 10 :CHANnel:OFFSet (see page 782) Command Syntax :CHANnel:OFFSet [] ::= Vertical offset value in NR3 format ::= {V | mV} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel:OFFSet command sets the value that is represented at center screen for the selected channel. The range of legal values varies with the value set by the :CHANnel:RANGe and :CHANnel:SCALe commands.
10 :CHANnel Commands :CHANnel:PROBe (see page 782) Command Syntax :CHANnel:PROBe ::= probe attenuation ratio in NR3 format ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The obsolete attenuation values X1, X10, X20, X100 are also supported. The :CHANnel:PROBe command specifies the probe attenuation factor for the selected channel. The probe attenuation factor may be 0.1 to 10000. This command does not change the actual input sensitivity of the oscilloscope.
:CHANnel Commands 10 :CHANnel:PROBe:HEAD[:TYPE] (see page 782) Command Syntax NOTE This command is valid only for the 113xA Series probes. :CHANnel:PROBe:HEAD[:TYPE] ::= {SEND0 | SEND6 | SEND12 | SEND20 | DIFF0 | DIFF6 | DIFF12 | DIFF20 | NONE} ::= {1 | 2 | 3 | 4} The :CHANnel:PROBe:HEAD[:TYPE] command sets an analog channel probe head type and dB value. You can choose from: Query Syntax • SEND0 — Single-ended, 0dB. • SEND6 — Single-ended, 6dB.
10 :CHANnel Commands :CHANnel:PROBe:ID (see page 782) Query Syntax :CHANnel:PROBe:ID? ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel:PROBe:ID? query returns the type of probe attached to the specified oscilloscope channel.
:CHANnel Commands 10 :CHANnel:PROBe:SKEW (see page 782) Command Syntax :CHANnel:PROBe:SKEW ::= skew time in NR3 format ::= -100 ns to +100 ns ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel:PROBe:SKEW command sets the channel-to-channel skew factor for the specified channel. Each analog channel can be adjusted + or -100 ns for a total of 200 ns difference between channels.
10 :CHANnel Commands :CHANnel:PROBe:STYPe (see page 782) Command Syntax NOTE This command is valid only for the 113xA Series probes. :CHANnel:PROBe:STYPe ::= {DIFFerential | SINGle} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel:PROBe:STYPe command sets the channel probe signal type (STYPe) to differential or single-ended when using the 113xA Series probes and determines how offset is applied.
:CHANnel Commands 10 :CHANnel:PROTection (see page 782) Command Syntax :CHANnel:PROTection[:CLEar] ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format| 4} With the 1000 X-Series oscilloscopes, the analog channel input impedance is always 1 MΩ, so automatic overvoltage protection is not necessary (as it is for channels with 50Ω input impedance). There are no protection settings to clear, so the :CHANnel:PROTection[:CLEar] command does nothing.
10 :CHANnel Commands :CHANnel:RANGe (see page 782) Command Syntax :CHANnel:RANGe [] ::= vertical full-scale range value in NR3 format ::= {V | mV} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel:RANGe command defines the full-scale vertical axis of the selected channel. When using 1:1 probe attenuation, legal values for the range are from 8 mV to 40 V.
:CHANnel Commands 10 :CHANnel:SCALe (see page 782) Command Syntax :CHANnel:SCALe [] ::= vertical units per division in NR3 format ::= {V | mV} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel:SCALe command sets the vertical scale, or units per division, of the selected channel. If the probe attenuation is changed, the scale value is multiplied by the probe's attenuation factor.
10 :CHANnel Commands :CHANnel:UNITs (see page 782) Command Syntax :CHANnel:UNITs ::= {VOLT | AMPere} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel:UNITs command sets the measurement units for the connected probe. Select VOLT for a voltage probe and select AMPere for a current probe. Measurement results, channel sensitivity, and trigger level will reflect the measurement units you select.
:CHANnel Commands 10 :CHANnel:VERNier (see page 782) Command Syntax :CHANnel:VERNier ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel:VERNier command specifies whether the channel's vernier (fine vertical adjustment) setting is ON (1) or OFF (0). Query Syntax :CHANnel:VERNier? The :CHANnel:VERNier? query returns the current state of the channel's vernier setting.
10 :CHANnel Commands 220 Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 11 :DEMO Commands When the education kit is licensed (Option EDK), you can output demonstration signals on the oscilloscope's Demo terminal. See "Introduction to :DEMO Commands" on page 221.
11 :DEMO Commands :DEMO:FUNCtion (see page 782) Command Syntax :DEMO:FUNCtion ::= {SINusoid | NOISy | LFSine | AM | RFBurst | FMBurst | HARMonics | COUPling | RINGing | SINGle | CLK | TRANsition | BURSt | GLITch | UART | CAN | LIN} The :DEMO:FUNCtion command selects the type of demo signal: Demo Signal Function Demo Terminal SINusoid 250 kHz sine wave @ ~ 6 Vpp, 0 V offset NOISy 1 kHz sine wave @ ~ 2.4 Vpp, 0.0 V offset, with ~ 0.
:DEMO Commands Query Syntax 11 Demo Signal Function Demo Terminal UART Receive data (RX) with odd parity, 19.2 kbps, 8-bit words, LSB out 1st, low idle @ ~2.8 Vpp, 1.4 V offset CAN CAN_L, 125 kbps dominant-low, ~2.8 Vpp, ~1.4 V offset, available in DSOX1000-Series oscilloscope models only LIN LIN, 19.2 kbs, ~2.8 Vpp, ~1.4 V offset, available in DSOX1000-Series oscilloscope models only :DEMO:FUNCtion? The :DEMO:FUNCtion? query returns the currently selected demo signal type.
11 :DEMO Commands :DEMO:OUTPut (see page 782) Command Syntax :DEMO:OUTPut ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF} The :DEMO:OUTPut command specifies whether the demo signal output is ON (1) or OFF (0). Query Syntax :DEMO:OUTPut? The :DEMO:OUTPut? query returns the current state of the demo signal output setting.
Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 12 :DISPlay Commands Control how waveforms, graticule, and text are displayed and written on the screen. See "Introduction to :DISPlay Commands" on page 226.
12 :DISPlay Commands Table 55 :DISPlay Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :DISPlay:LABList (see page 235) :DISPlay:LABList? (see page 235) ::= an ordered list of up to 75 labels, each 10 characters maximum, separated by newline characters :DISPlay:MENU:TIMeout { | {OFF | MAX}} (see page 236) :DISPlay:MENU:TIMeout ? (see page 236) ::= an integer from 5 to 60 in NR1 format.
:DISPlay Commands 12 :DISPlay:ANNotation (see page 782) Command Syntax :DISPlay:ANNotation ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :DISPlay:ANNotation command turns the annotation on and off. When on, the annotation appears in the upper left corner of the oscilloscope's display. The annotation is useful for documentation purposes, to add notes before capturing screens. Query Syntax :DISPlay:ANNotation? The :DISPlay:ANNotation? query returns the annotation setting.
12 :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:ANNotation:BACKground (see page 782) Command Syntax :DISPlay:ANNotation:BACKground ::= {OPAQue | INVerted | TRANsparent} The :DISPlay:ANNotation:BACKground command specifies the background of the annotation: Query Syntax • OPAQue — the annotation has a solid background. • INVerted — the annotation's foreground and background colors are switched. • TRANsparent — the annotation has a transparent background.
:DISPlay Commands 12 :DISPlay:ANNotation:COLor (see page 782) Command Syntax :DISPlay:ANNotation:COLor ::= {CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4 | DIG | MATH | REF | MARKer | WHITe | RED} The :DISPlay:ANNotation:COLor command specifies the annotation color. You can choose white, red, or colors that match analog channels, digital channels, math waveforms, reference waveforms, or markers.
12 :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:ANNotation:TEXT (see page 782) Command Syntax :DISPlay:ANNotation:TEXT ::= quoted ASCII string (up to 254 characters) The :DISPlay:ANNotation:TEXT command specifies the annotation string. The annotation string can contain as many characters as will fit in the Edit Annotation box on the oscilloscope's screen, up to 254 characters. You can include a carriage return in the annotation string using the characters "\ n".
:DISPlay Commands 12 :DISPlay:CLEar (see page 782) Command Syntax :DISPlay:CLEar The :DISPlay:CLEar command clears the display and resets all associated measurements. If the oscilloscope is stopped, all currently displayed data is erased. If the oscilloscope is running, all of the data for active channels and functions is erased; however, new data is displayed on the next acquisition.
12 :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:DATA (see page 782) Query Syntax :DISPlay:DATA? [][,][] ::= {BMP | BMP8bit | PNG} ::= {COLor | GRAYscale} The :DISPlay:DATA? query reads screen image data. You can choose 24-bit BMP, 8-bit BMP8bit, or 24-bit PNG formats in color or grayscale. If no format or palette option is specified, the screen image is returned in BMP, COLor format. Screen image data is returned in the IEEE-488.2 # binary block data format.
:DISPlay Commands 12 :DISPlay:INTensity:WAVeform (see page 782) Command Syntax :DISPlay:INTensity:WAVeform ::= an integer from 0 to 100 in NR1 format. The :DISPlay:INTensity:WAVeform command sets the waveform intensity. This is the same as adjusting the front panel [Intensity] knob. Query Syntax :DISPlay:INTensity:WAVeform? The :DISPlay:INTensity:WAVeform? query returns the waveform intensity setting. Return Format ::= an integer from 0 to 100 in NR1 format.
12 :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:LABel (see page 782) Command Syntax :DISPlay:LABel ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :DISPlay:LABel command turns the analog channel labels on and off. Query Syntax :DISPlay:LABel? The :DISPlay:LABel? query returns the display mode of the analog channel labels.
12 :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:LABList (see page 782) Command Syntax :DISPlay:LABList ::= an ordered list of up to 75 labels, a maximum of 10 characters each, separated by newline characters. The :DISPlay:LABList command adds labels to the label list. Labels are added in alphabetical order. NOTE Query Syntax Labels that begin with the same alphabetic base string followed by decimal digits are considered duplicate labels.
12 :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:MENU:TIMeout (see page 782) Command Syntax :DISPlay:MENU:TIMeout { | {OFF | MAX}} ::= an integer from 5 to 60 in NR1 format. The :DISPlay:MENU:TIMeout command sets the softkey menu timeout period. OFF and MAX are equivalent. Query Syntax :DISPlay:MENU:TIMeout? The :DISPlay:MENU:TIMeout? query returns the softkey menu timeout period setting. Return Format ::= an integer from 5 to 60 in NR1 format or OFF.
:DISPlay Commands 12 :DISPlay:PERSistence (see page 782) Command Syntax :DISPlay:PERSistence ::= {MINimum | INFinite |
12 :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:VECTors (see page 782) Command Syntax :DISPlay:VECTors ::= {1 | ON} The only legal value for the :DISPlay:VECTors command is ON (or 1). This specifies that lines are drawn between acquired data points on the screen. Query Syntax :DISPlay:VECTors? The :DISPlay:VECTors? query returns the vectors setting.
Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 13 :DVM Commands When the optional DSOXDVM digital voltmeter analysis feature is licensed, these commands control the digital voltmeter (DVM) feature.
13 :DVM Commands :DVM:ARANge (see page 782) Command Syntax :DVM:ARANge ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} If the selected digital voltmeter (DVM) source channel is not used in oscilloscope triggering, the :DVM:ARANge command turns the digital voltmeter's Auto Range capability on or off. • When on, the DVM channel's vertical scale, vertical (ground level) position, and trigger (threshold voltage) level (used for the counter frequency measurement) are automatically adjusted.
:DVM Commands 13 :DVM:CURRent (see page 782) Query Syntax :DVM:CURRent? The :DVM:CURRent? query returns the displayed 3-digit DVM value based on the current mode. NOTE Return Format It can take up to a few seconds after DVM analysis is enabled before this query starts to produce good results, that is, results other than +9.9E+37. To wait for good values after DVM analysis is enabled, programs should loop until a value less than +9.9E+37 is returned.
13 :DVM Commands :DVM:ENABle (see page 782) Command Syntax :DVM:ENABle ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} The :DVM:ENABle command turns the digital voltmeter (DVM) analysis feature on or off. Query Syntax :DVM:ENABle? The :DVM:ENABle? query returns a flag indicating whether the digital voltmeter (DVM) analysis feature is on or off.
:DVM Commands 13 :DVM:FREQuency (see page 782) Query Syntax :DVM:FREQuency? The :DVM:FREQuency? query returns the displayed 5-digit frequency value that is displayed below the main DVM value. If the requirements for the DVM FREQuency mode are not met (see ":DVM:MODE" on page 244), this query will return 9.9E+37.
13 :DVM Commands :DVM:MODE (see page 782) Command Syntax :DVM:MODE ::= {ACRMs | DC | DCRMs | FREQuency} The :DVM:MODE command sets the digital voltmenter (DVM) mode: Query Syntax • ACRMs — displays the root-mean-square value of the acquired data, with the DC component removed. • DC — displays the DC value of the acquired data. • DCRMs — displays the root-mean-square value of the acquired data. • FREQuency — displays the frequency counter measurement.
:DVM Commands 13 :DVM:SOURce (see page 782) Command Syntax :DVM:SOURce ::= {CHANnel} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :DVM:SOURce command sets the select the analog channel on which digital voltmeter (DVM) measurements are made. The selected channel does not have to be on (displaying a waveform) in order for DVM measurements to be made. Query Syntax :DVM:SOURce? The :DVM:SOURce? query returns the selected DVM input source.
13 :DVM Commands 246 Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 14 :EXTernal Trigger Commands Control the input characteristics of the external trigger input. See "Introduction to :EXTernal Trigger Commands" on page 248.
14 :EXTernal Trigger Commands Introduction to :EXTernal Trigger Commands The EXTernal trigger subsystem commands control the input characteristics of the external trigger input. The probe factor, impedance, input range, input protection state, units, and bandwidth limit settings may all be queried. Depending on the instrument type, some settings may be changeable. Reporting the Setup Use :EXTernal? to query setup information for the EXTernal subsystem.
:EXTernal Trigger Commands 14 :EXTernal:BWLimit (see page 782) Command Syntax :EXTernal:BWLimit ::= {0 | OFF} The :EXTernal:BWLimit command is provided for product compatibility. The only legal value is 0 or OFF. Use the :TRIGger:HFReject command to limit bandwidth on the external trigger input. Query Syntax :EXTernal:BWLimit? The :EXTernal:BWLimit? query returns the current setting of the low-pass filter (always 0).
14 :EXTernal Trigger Commands :EXTernal:DISPlay (see page 782) Command Syntax :EXTernal:DISPlay {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :EXTernal:DISPlay command turns the external trigger input display on or off. Query Syntax :EXTernal:DISPlay? The :EXTernal:DISPlay? query returns the external trigger input display setting.
:EXTernal Trigger Commands 14 :EXTernal:LABel (see page 782) Command Syntax :EXTernal:LABel ::= quoted ASCII string. NOTE Label strings are 10 characters or less, and may contain any commonly used ASCII characters. Labels with more than 10 characters are truncated to 10 characters. Lower case characters are converted to upper case. The :EXTernal:LABel command sets the external trigger input's digital waveform label to the string that follows.
14 :EXTernal Trigger Commands :EXTernal:LEVel (see page 782) Command Syntax :EXTernal:LEVel [] ::= external trigger level value in NR3 format. ::= {V | mV} The :EXTernal:LEVel command sets the external trigger input threshold (trigger) voltage level. Query Syntax :EXTernal:LEVel? The :EXTernal:LEVel? query returns the external trigger input threshold voltage setting.
:EXTernal Trigger Commands 14 :EXTernal:POSition (see page 782) Command Syntax :EXTernal:POSition ::= Ext Trig waveform vertical position in divisions in NR3 form at. The :EXTernal:POSition command sets the external trigger input waveform's veritical position on the oscilloscope display. When the external trigger input's waveform is displayed (see :EXTernal:DISPlay), a cyan digital waveform, based on the :EXTernal:LEVel threshold voltage, appears on the oscilloscope display.
14 :EXTernal Trigger Commands :EXTernal:PROBe (see page 782) Command Syntax :EXTernal:PROBe ::= probe attenuation ratio in NR3 format The :EXTernal:PROBe command specifies the probe attenuation factor for the external trigger. The probe attenuation factor may be 0.1 to 10000. This command does not change the actual input sensitivity of the oscilloscope. It changes the reference constants for scaling the display factors and for setting trigger levels.
14 :EXTernal Trigger Commands :EXTernal:RANGe (see page 782) Command Syntax :EXTernal:RANGe [] ::= vertical full-scale range value in NR3 format ::= {V | mV} The :EXTernal:RANGe command sets the external trigger input signal range. When using DSOX1000-Series oscilloscopes, this range is either 1.6 V or 8 V when you are using a 1:1 probe. When using EDUX1000-Series oscilloscopes, this range is 8 V when you are using a 1:1 probe and cannot be changed.
14 :EXTernal Trigger Commands :EXTernal:UNITs (see page 782) Command Syntax :EXTernal:UNITs ::= {VOLT | AMPere} The :EXTernal:UNITs command sets the measurement units for the probe connected to the external trigger input. Select VOLT for a voltage probe and select AMPere for a current probe. Measurement results, channel sensitivity, and trigger level will reflect the measurement units you select.
Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 15 :FFT Commands Control functions in the measurement/storage module. See "Introduction to :FFT Commands" on page 258. Table 58 :FFT Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :FFT:CENTer (see page 259) :FFT:CENTer? (see page 259) ::= the current center frequency in NR3 format. The range of legal values is from -25 GHz to 25 GHz.
15 :FFT Commands Table 58 :FFT Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FFT:VTYPe (see page 267) :FFT:VTYPe? (see page 267) ::= {DECibel | VRMS} :FFT:WINDow (see page 268) :FFT:WINDow? (see page 268) ::= {RECTangular | HANNing | FLATtop | BHARris} Introduction to :FFT Commands The FFT subsystem controls the FFT function in the oscilloscope. Reporting the Setup Use :FFT? to query setup information for the FFT subsystem.
:FFT Commands 15 :FFT:CENTer (see page 782) Command Syntax :FFT:CENTer ::= the current center frequency in NR3 format. The range of legal values is from -25 GHz to 25 GHz. The :FFT:CENTer command sets the center frequency when FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) is selected. Query Syntax :FFT:CENTer? The :FFT:CENTer? query returns the current center frequency in Hertz. Return Format ::= the current center frequency in NR3 format.
15 :FFT Commands :FFT:DISPlay (see page 782) Command Syntax :FFT:DISPlay {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :FFT:DISPlay command turns the display of the FFT function on or off. When ON is selected, the FFT function is calculated and displayed. When OFF is selected, the FFT function is neither calculated nor displayed. Query Syntax :FFT:DISPlay? The :FFT:DISPlay? query returns whether the function display is on or off.
:FFT Commands 15 :FFT:OFFSet (see page 782) Command Syntax :FFT:OFFSet ::= the value at center screen in NR3 format. The :FFT:OFFSet command specifies the FFT vertical value represented at center screen. If you set the offset to a value outside of the legal range, the offset value is automatically set to the nearest legal value. NOTE Query Syntax The :FFT:OFFSet command is equivalent to the :FFT:REFerence command.
15 :FFT Commands :FFT:RANGe (see page 782) Command Syntax :FFT:RANGe ::= the full-scale vertical axis value in NR3 format. The :FFT:RANGe command defines the full-scale vertical axis for the FFT function. Query Syntax :FFT:RANGe? The :FFT:RANGe? query returns the current full-scale range value for the FFT function. Return Format ::= the full-scale vertical axis value in NR3 format.
:FFT Commands 15 :FFT:REFerence (see page 782) Command Syntax :FFT:REFerence ::= the current reference level in NR3 format. The :FFT:REFerence command specifies the FFT vertical value represented at center screen. If you set the reference level to a value outside of the legal range, the level is automatically set to the nearest legal value. NOTE Query Syntax The :FFT:REFerence command is equivalent to the :FFT:OFFSet command.
15 :FFT Commands :FFT:SCALe (see page 782) Command Syntax :FFT:SCALe [] ::= floating-point value in NR3 format. ::= dB The :FFT:SCALe command sets the vertical scale, or units per division, of the FFT function. Legal values for the scale depend on the selected function. Query Syntax :FFT:SCALe? The :FFT:SCALe? query returns the current scale value for the FFT function. Return Format ::= floating-point value in NR3 format.
:FFT Commands 15 :FFT:SOURce1 (see page 782) Command Syntax :FFT:SOURce1 ::= {CHANnel} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format. The :FFT:SOURce1 command selects the source for the FFT function. NOTE Query Syntax Another shorthand notation for SOURce1 in this command/query (besides SOUR1) is SOUR. :FFT:SOURce1? The :FFT:SOURce1? query returns the current source1 for the FFT function.
15 :FFT Commands :FFT:SPAN (see page 782) Command Syntax :FFT:SPAN ::= the current frequency span in NR3 format. Legal values are 1 Hz to 100 GHz. If you set the frequency span to a value outside of the legal range, the step size is automatically set to the nearest legal value. The :FFT:SPAN command sets the frequency span of the display (left graticule to right graticule) when FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) is selected.
:FFT Commands 15 :FFT:VTYPe (see page 782) Command Syntax :FFT:VTYPe ::= {DECibel | VRMS} The :FFT:VTYPe command specifies FFT vertical units as DECibel or VRMS. Query Syntax :FFT:VTYPe? The :FFT:VTYPe? query returns the current FFT vertical units.
15 :FFT Commands :FFT:WINDow (see page 782) Command Syntax :FFT:WINDow ::= {RECTangular | HANNing | FLATtop | BHARris} The :FFT:WINDow command allows the selection of four different windowing transforms or operations for the FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) function. The FFT operation assumes that the time record repeats. Unless an integral number of sampled waveform cycles exist in the record, a discontinuity is created between the end of one record and the beginning of the next.
:FFT Commands • 15 ":FFT:VTYPe" on page 267 Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 269
15 :FFT Commands 270 Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 16 :FRANalysis Commands Control oscilloscope functions associated with the Frequency Response Analysis (FRA) feature, which is available in G-suffix oscilloscope models (that have a built-in waveform generator). See "Introduction to :FRANalysis Commands" on page 272.
16 :FRANalysis Commands Table 59 :FFT Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FRANalysis:SOURce:IN Put (see page 281) :FRANalysis:SOURce:IN Put? (see page 281) ::= CHANnel :FRANalysis:SOURce:OU TPut (see page 282) :FRANalysis:SOURce:OU TPut? (see page 282) ::= CHANnel :FRANalysis:TRACe (see page 283) :FRANalysis:TRACe? (see page 283) ::= {NONE | ALL | GAIN | PHASe}[,{GAIN | PHASe}] :FRANalysis:WGEN
:FRANalysis Commands 16 :FRANalysis:DATA (see page 782) Query Syntax :FRANalysis:DATA? The :FRANalysis:DATA? query returns the frequency response analysis data. The data is returned in four comma-separated columns of data for each step in the sweep: Frequency (Hz), Amplitude (Vpp), Gain (dB), and Phase (°).
16 :FRANalysis Commands :FRANalysis:ENABle (see page 782) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:ENABle ::= {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :FRANalysis:ENABle command turns the Frequency Response Analysis (FRA) feature on or off. Query Syntax :FRANalysis:ENABle? The :FRANalysis:ENABle? query returns a flag indicating whether the Frequency Response Analysis (FRA) feature is on or off.
:FRANalysis Commands 16 :FRANalysis:FREQuency:MODE (see page 782) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:FREQuency:MODE ::= {SWEep | SINGle} The :FRANalysis:FREQuency:MODE command lets you select between the normal swept frequency response analysis or analysis at a single frequency, which can be useful when debugging. NOTE The SINGle mode is available through the remote programming interface only and is not available when using the front panel graphical user interface (GUI).
16 :FRANalysis Commands :FRANalysis:FREQuency:SINGle (see page 782) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:FREQuency:SINGle [suffix] ::= {20 | 100 | 1000 | 10000 | 100000 | 1000000 | 10000000 | 2000000} [suffix] ::= {Hz | kHz| MHz} The :FRANalysis:FREQuency:SINGle command command sets the single frequency value. The frequency response analysis is displayed on a log scale Bode plot, so you can select from decade values in addition to the minimum frequency of 20 Hz.
:FRANalysis Commands 16 :FRANalysis:FREQuency:STARt (see page 782) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:FREQuency:STARt [suffix] ::= {10 | 100 | 1000 | 10000 | 100000 | 1000000 | 10000000} [suffix] ::= {Hz | kHz| MHz} The :FRANalysis:FREQuency:STARt command command sets the frequency sweep start value. The frequency response analysis is displayed on a log scale Bode plot, so you can select from decade values.
16 :FRANalysis Commands :FRANalysis:FREQuency:STOP (see page 782) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:FREQuency:STOP [suffix] ::= {100 | 1000 | 10000 | 100000 | 1000000 | 10000000 | 20000000 } [suffix] ::= {Hz | kHz| MHz} The :FRANalysis:FREQuency:STOP command sets the frequency sweep stop value. The frequency response analysis is displayed on a log scale Bode plot, so you can select from decade values in addition to the maximum frequency of 20 MHz.
:FRANalysis Commands 16 :FRANalysis:PPDecade (see page 782) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:PPDecade ::= {10 | 20 | 30 | 40 | 50} The :FRANalysis:PPDecade command specifies the number of points per decade in the frequency response analysis. Query Syntax :FRANalysis:PPDecade? The :FRANalysis:PPDecade? query returns the points per decade setting.
16 :FRANalysis Commands :FRANalysis:RUN (see page 782) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:RUN The :FRANalysis:RUN command performs the Frequency Response Analysis. This analysis controls the built-in waveform generator to sweep a sine wave across a range of frequencies while measuring the input to and output from a device under test (DUT). At each frequency, gain (A) and phase are measured and plotted on a Bode frequency response chart.
:FRANalysis Commands 16 :FRANalysis:SOURce:INPut (see page 782) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:SOURce:INPut ::= CHANnel ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :FRANalysis:SOURce:INPut command specifies the analog input channel that is probing the input voltage to the device under test (DUT) in the frequency response analysis. Query Syntax :FRANalysis:SOURce:INPut? The :FRANalysis:SOURce:INPut? query returns the currently selected channel probing the input voltage.
16 :FRANalysis Commands :FRANalysis:SOURce:OUTPut (see page 782) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:SOURce:OUTPut ::= CHANnel ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :FRANalysis:SOURce:OUTPut command specifies the analog input channel that is probing the output voltage from the device under test (DUT) in the frequency response analysis. Query Syntax :FRANalysis:SOURce:OUTPut? The :FRANalysis:SOURce:OUTPut? query returns the currently selected channel probing the output voltage.
:FRANalysis Commands 16 :FRANalysis:TRACe (see page 782) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:TRACe ::= {NONE | ALL | GAIN | PHASe}[,{GAIN | PHASe}] The :FRANalysis:TRACe command specifies whether to include gain, phase, both gain and phase, or neither in the frequency response analysis results. NOTE This command affects the oscilloscope's front panel graphical user interface (plot and table) as well as when saving analysis data.
16 :FRANalysis Commands :FRANalysis:WGEN:LOAD (see page 782) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:WGEN:LOAD ::= {ONEMeg | FIFTy} The :FRANalysis:WGEN:LOAD command selects the expected output load impedance. The output impedance of the Gen Out BNC is fixed at 50 ohms. However, the output load selection lets the waveform generator display the correct amplitude and offset levels for the expected output load.
:FRANalysis Commands 16 :FRANalysis:WGEN:VOLTage (see page 782) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:WGEN:VOLTage ::= amplitude in volts in NR3 format The :FRANalysis:WGEN:VOLTage command specifies the waveform generator's output sine wave amplitude. Use the :WGEN:VOLTage:OFFSet command to specify the offset voltage or DC level. You can also specify the amplitude and offset indirectly using the :WGEN:VOLTage:HIGH and :WGEN:VOLTage:LOW commands.
16 :FRANalysis Commands 286 Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 17 :FUNCtion Commands Control functions in the measurement/storage module. See "Introduction to :FUNCtion Commands" on page 289.
17 :FUNCtion Commands Table 60 :FUNCtion Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce 1 (see page 298) :FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce 1? (see page 298) ::= CHANnel :FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce 2 (see page 299) :FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce 2? (see page 299) ::= CHANnel :FUNCtion:OFFSet (see page 300) :FUNCtion:OFFSet? (see page 300) ::= the value at center screen in NR3 format.
:FUNCtion Commands Introduction to :FUNCtion Commands 17 The FUNCtion subsystem controls the math functions in the oscilloscope. Add, subtract, multiply, and FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) operations are available. These math operations only use the analog (vertical) channels. The SOURce1, DISPlay, RANGe, and OFFSet commands apply to any function. The SPAN, CENTer, VTYPe, and WINDow commands are only useful for FFT functions.
17 :FUNCtion Commands :FUNCtion:DISPlay (see page 782) Command Syntax :FUNCtion:DISPlay ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :FUNCtion:DISPlay command turns the display of the function on or off. When ON is selected, the function performs as specified using the other FUNCtion commands. When OFF is selected, function is neither calculated nor displayed. Query Syntax :FUNCtion:DISPlay? The :FUNCtion:DISPlay? query returns whether the function display is on or off.
:FUNCtion Commands 17 :FUNCtion[:FFT]:CENTer (see page 782) Command Syntax :FUNCtion[:FFT]:CENTer ::= the current center frequency in NR3 format. of legal values is from 0 Hz to 25 GHz. The range The :FUNCtion[:FFT]:CENTer command sets the center frequency when FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) is selected. Query Syntax :FUNCtion[:FFT]:CENTer? The :FUNCtion[:FFT]:CENTer? query returns the current center frequency in Hertz.
17 :FUNCtion Commands :FUNCtion[:FFT]:PHASe:REFerence (see page 782) Command Syntax :FUNCtion[:FFT]:PHASe:REFerence ::= {TRIGger | DISPlay} The :FUNCtion[:FFT]:PHASe:REFerence command sets the reference point for calculating the FFT Phase function to either the trigger point or beginning of the displayed waveform. Query Syntax :FUNCtion[:FFT]:PHASe:REFerence? The :FUNCtion[:FFT]:PHASe:REFerence? query returns the selected reference point.
:FUNCtion Commands 17 :FUNCtion[:FFT]:SPAN (see page 782) Command Syntax :FUNCtion[:FFT]:SPAN ::= the current frequency span in NR3 format. Legal values are 1 Hz to 100 GHz. If you set the frequency span to a value outside of the legal range, the step size is automatically set to the nearest legal value. The :FUNCtion[:FFT]:SPAN command sets the frequency span of the display (left graticule to right graticule) when FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) is selected.
17 :FUNCtion Commands :FUNCtion[:FFT]:VTYPe (see page 782) Command Syntax :FUNCtion[:FFT]:VTYPe ::= {DECibel | VRMS} for the FFT (magnitude) operation ::= {DEGRees | RADians} for the FFTPhase operation The :FUNCtion[:FFT]:VTYPe command specifies FFT vertical units. Query Syntax :FUNCtion[:FFT]:VTYPe? The :FUNCtion[:FFT]:VTYPe? query returns the current FFT vertical units.
:FUNCtion Commands 17 :FUNCtion[:FFT]:WINDow (see page 782) Command Syntax :FUNCtion[:FFT]:WINDow ::= {RECTangular | HANNing | FLATtop | BHARris} The :FUNCtion[:FFT]:WINDow command allows the selection of four different windowing transforms or operations for the FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) function. The FFT operation assumes that the time record repeats.
17 :FUNCtion Commands :FUNCtion:FREQuency:LOWPass (see page 782) Command Syntax :FUNCtion:FREQuency:LOWPass <3dB_freq> <3dB_freq> ::= -3dB cutoff frequency value in NR3 format The :FUNCtion:FREQuency:LOWPass command sets the low-pass filter's -3 dB cutoff frequency. The low-pass filter is a 4th order Bessel-Thompson filter. Query Syntax :FUNCtion:FREQuency:LOWPass? The :FUNCtion:FREQuency:LOWPass query returns the low-pass filter's cutoff frequency.
:FUNCtion Commands 17 :FUNCtion:GOFT:OPERation (see page 782) Command Syntax :FUNCtion:GOFT:OPERation ::= {ADD | SUBTract | MULTiply} The :FUNCtion:GOFT:OPERation command sets the math operation for the g(t) source that can be used as the input to the FFT function: • ADD — Source1 + source2. • SUBTract — Source1 - source2. • MULTiply — Source1 * source2. The :FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce1 and :FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce2 commands are used to select source1 and source2.
17 :FUNCtion Commands :FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce1 (see page 782) Command Syntax :FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce1 ::= CHANnel ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce1 command selects the first input channel for the g(t) source that can be used as the input to the FFT function. Query Syntax :FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce1? The :FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce1? query returns the current selection for the first input channel for the g(t) source.
:FUNCtion Commands 17 :FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce2 (see page 782) Command Syntax :FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce2 ::= CHANnel ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce2 command selects the second input channel for the g(t) source that can be used as the input to the FFT function. Query Syntax :FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce2? The :FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce2? query returns the current selection for the second input channel for the g(t) source.
17 :FUNCtion Commands :FUNCtion:OFFSet (see page 782) Command Syntax :FUNCtion:OFFSet ::= the value at center screen in NR3 format. The :FUNCtion:OFFSet command sets the voltage or vertical value represented at center screen for the selected function. The range of legal values is generally +/-10 times the current scale of the selected function, but will vary by function.
:FUNCtion Commands 17 :FUNCtion:OPERation (see page 782) Command Syntax :FUNCtion:OPERation ::= {ADD | SUBTract | MULTiply | DIVide | FFT | FFTPhase | LOWPass} The :FUNCtion:OPERation command sets the desired waveform math operation: • ADD — Source1 + source2. • SUBTract — Source1 - source2. • MULTiply — Source1 * source2. • DIVide — Source1 / source2.
17 :FUNCtion Commands See Also 302 • "Introduction to :FUNCtion Commands" on page 289 • ":FUNCtion:SOURce1" on page 306 • ":FUNCtion:SOURce2" on page 307 Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:FUNCtion Commands 17 :FUNCtion:RANGe (see page 782) Command Syntax :FUNCtion:RANGe ::= the full-scale vertical axis value in NR3 format. The :FUNCtion:RANGe command defines the full-scale vertical axis for the selected function. Query Syntax :FUNCtion:RANGe? The :FUNCtion:RANGe? query returns the current full-scale range value for the selected function. Return Format ::= the full-scale vertical axis value in NR3 format.
17 :FUNCtion Commands :FUNCtion:REFerence (see page 782) Command Syntax :FUNCtion:REFerence ::= the current reference level in NR3 format. The :FUNCtion:REFerence command sets the voltage or vertical value represented at center screen for the selected function. The range of legal values is generally +/-10 times the current scale of the selected function, but will vary by function.
:FUNCtion Commands 17 :FUNCtion:SCALe (see page 782) Command Syntax :FUNCtion:SCALe [] ::= integer in NR1 format ::= {V | dB} The :FUNCtion:SCALe command sets the vertical scale, or units per division, of the selected function. Legal values for the scale depend on the selected function. Query Syntax :FUNCtion:SCALe? The :FUNCtion:SCALe? query returns the current scale value for the selected function.
17 :FUNCtion Commands :FUNCtion:SOURce1 (see page 782) Command Syntax :FUNCtion:SOURce1 ::= {CHANnel | GOFT} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :FUNCtion:SOURce1 command is used for any :FUNCtion:OPERation selection (including the ADD, SUBTract, or MULTiply channel math operations and the FFT transform). This command selects the first source for channel math operations or the single source for the transforms. The GOFT parameter is only available for the FFT function.
:FUNCtion Commands 17 :FUNCtion:SOURce2 (see page 782) Command Syntax :FUNCtion:SOURce2 ::= {CHANnel | NONE} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :FUNCtion:SOURce2 command specifies the second source for math operations that have two sources (see the :FUNCtion:OPERation command), in other words, ADD, SUBTract, or MULTiply. (The :FUNCtion:SOURce1 command specifies the first source.
17 :FUNCtion Commands 308 Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 18 :HARDcopy Commands Set and query the selection of hardcopy device and formatting options. See "Introduction to :HARDcopy Commands" on page 310.
18 :HARDcopy Commands Table 61 :HARDcopy Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns n/a :HARDcopy:PRINter:LIS T? (see page 318) ::= [] ...
:HARDcopy Commands 18 :HARDcopy:AREA (see page 782) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:AREA ::= SCReen The :HARDcopy:AREA command controls what part of the display area is printed. Currently, the only legal choice is SCReen. Query Syntax :HARDcopy:AREA? The :HARDcopy:AREA? query returns the selected display area.
18 :HARDcopy Commands :HARDcopy:APRinter (see page 782) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:APRinter ::= { | } ::= integer index of printer in list ::= name of printer in list The :HARDcopy:APRinter command sets the active printer. Query Syntax :HARDcopy:APRinter? The :HARDcopy:APRinter? query returns the name of the active printer.
:HARDcopy Commands 18 :HARDcopy:FACTors (see page 782) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:FACTors ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} The HARDcopy:FACTors command controls whether the scale factors are output on the hardcopy dump. Query Syntax :HARDcopy:FACTors? The :HARDcopy:FACTors? query returns a flag indicating whether oscilloscope instrument settings are output on the hardcopy.
18 :HARDcopy Commands :HARDcopy:FFEed (see page 782) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:FFEed ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} The HARDcopy:FFEed command controls whether a formfeed is output between the screen image and factors of a hardcopy dump. Query Syntax :HARDcopy:FFEed? The :HARDcopy:FFEed? query returns a flag indicating whether a formfeed is output at the end of the hardcopy dump.
:HARDcopy Commands 18 :HARDcopy:INKSaver (see page 782) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:INKSaver ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} The HARDcopy:INKSaver command controls whether the graticule colors are inverted or not. Query Syntax :HARDcopy:INKSaver? The :HARDcopy:INKSaver? query returns a flag indicating whether graticule colors are inverted or not.
18 :HARDcopy Commands :HARDcopy:LAYout (see page 782) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:LAYout ::= {LANDscape | PORTrait} The :HARDcopy:LAYout command sets the hardcopy layout mode. Query Syntax :HARDcopy:LAYout? The :HARDcopy:LAYout? query returns the selected hardcopy layout mode.
:HARDcopy Commands 18 :HARDcopy:PALette (see page 782) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:PALette ::= {COLor | GRAYscale | NONE} The :HARDcopy:PALette command sets the hardcopy palette color. The oscilloscope's print driver cannot print color images to color laser printers, so the COLor option is not available when connected to laser printers. Query Syntax :HARDcopy:PALette? The :HARDcopy:PALette? query returns the selected hardcopy palette color.
18 :HARDcopy Commands :HARDcopy:PRINter:LIST (see page 782) Query Syntax :HARDcopy:PRINter:LIST? The :HARDcopy:PRINter:LIST? query returns a list of available printers. The list can be empty. Return Format ::= [] ...
:HARDcopy Commands 18 :HARDcopy:STARt (see page 782) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:STARt The :HARDcopy:STARt command starts a print job.
18 :HARDcopy Commands 320 Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 19 :MARKer Commands Set and query the settings of X-axis markers (X1 and X2 cursors) and the Y-axis markers (Y1 and Y2 cursors). See "Introduction to :MARKer Commands" on page 322.
19 :MARKer Commands Table 62 :MARKer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MARKer:X2Y2source (see page 328) :MARKer:X2Y2source? (see page 328) ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1-2 in NR1 format ::= n/a :MARKer:XDELta? (see page 329) ::= X cursors delta value in NR3 format :MARKer:XUNits (see page 330) :MARKer:XUNits? (see page 330)
:MARKer Commands 19 The following is a sample response from the :MARKer? query. In this case, the query was issued following a *RST and ":MARKer:MODE MANual" command.
19 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:MODE (see page 782) Command Syntax :MARKer:MODE ::= {OFF | MEASurement | MANual | WAVeform} The :MARKer:MODE command sets the cursors mode: • OFF — removes the cursor information from the display. • MANual — enables manual placement of the X and Y cursors. If the front-panel cursors are off, or are set to the front-panel Hex or Binary mode, setting :MARKer:MODE MANual will put the cursors in the front-panel Normal mode.
:MARKer Commands 19 :MARKer:X1Position (see page 782) Command Syntax :MARKer:X1Position [suffix] ::= X1 cursor position in NR3 format ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps | Hz | kHz | MHz} The :MARKer:X1Position command: • Sets :MARKer:MODE to MANual if it is not currently set to WAVeform (see ":MARKer:MODE" on page 324). • Sets the X1 cursor position to the specified value. X cursor units are set by the :MARKer:XUNits command.
19 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:X1Y1source (see page 782) Command Syntax :MARKer:X1Y1source ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | FFT | WMEMory | EXTernal } ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= {1 | 2} EXTernal available for MANUAL mode only The :MARKer:X1Y1source command sets the source for the cursors. The channel you specify must be enabled for cursors to be displayed. If the channel or function is not on, an error message is issued.
:MARKer Commands 19 :MARKer:X2Position (see page 782) Command Syntax :MARKer:X2Position [suffix] ::= X2 cursor position in NR3 format ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps | Hz | kHz | MHz} The :MARKer:X2Position command: • Sets :MARKer:MODE to MANual if it is not currently set to WAVeform (see ":MARKer:MODE" on page 324). • Sets the X2 cursor position to the specified value. X cursor units are set by the :MARKer:XUNits command.
19 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:X2Y2source (see page 782) Command Syntax :MARKer:X2Y2source ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= {1 | 2} The :MARKer:X2Y2source command sets the source for the cursors. The channel you specify must be enabled for cursors to be displayed. If the channel or function is not on, an error message is issued.
:MARKer Commands 19 :MARKer:XDELta (see page 782) Query Syntax :MARKer:XDELta? The MARKer:XDELta? query returns the value difference between the current X1 and X2 cursor positions. Xdelta = (Value at X2 cursor) - (Value at X1 cursor) X cursor units are set by the :MARKer:XUNits command. NOTE Return Format If the front-panel cursors are off, the marker position values are not defined. Make sure to set :MARKer:MODE to MANual or WAVeform to put the cursors in the front-panel Normal mode.
19 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:XUNits (see page 782) Command Syntax :MARKer:XUNits ::= {SEConds | HERTz | DEGRees | PERCent} The :MARKer:XUNits command sets the X cursors units: • SEConds — for making time measurements. • HERTz — for making frequency measurements. • DEGRees — for making phase measurements. Use the :MARKer:XUNits:USE command to set the current X1 location as 0 degrees and the current X2 location as 360 degrees. • PERCent — for making ratio measurements.
:MARKer Commands 19 :MARKer:XUNits:USE (see page 782) Command Syntax :MARKer:XUNits:USE When DEGRees is selected for :MARKer:XUNits, the :MARKer:XUNits:USE command sets the current X1 location as 0 degrees and the current X2 location as 360 degrees. When PERCent is selected for :MARKer:XUNits, the :MARKer:XUNits:USE command sets the current X1 location as 0 percent and the current X2 location as 100 percent.
19 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:Y1Position (see page 782) Command Syntax :MARKer:Y1Position [suffix] ::= Y1 cursor position in NR3 format ::= {mV | V | dB} If the :MARKer:MODE is not currently set to WAVeform (see ":MARKer:MODE" on page 324), the :MARKer:Y1Position command: • Sets :MARKer:MODE to MANual. • Sets the Y1 cursor position to the specified value. Y cursor units are set by the :MARKer:YUNits command.
:MARKer Commands 19 :MARKer:Y2Position (see page 782) Command Syntax :MARKer:Y2Position [suffix] ::= Y2 cursor position in NR3 format ::= {mV | V | dB} If the :MARKer:MODE is not currently set to WAVeform (see ":MARKer:MODE" on page 324), the :MARKer:Y1Position command: • Sets :MARKer:MODE to MANual. • Sets the Y2 cursor position to the specified value. Y cursor units are set by the :MARKer:YUNits command.
19 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:YDELta (see page 782) Query Syntax :MARKer:YDELta? The :MARKer:YDELta? query returns the value difference between the current Y1 and Y2 cursor positions. Ydelta = (Value at Y2 cursor) - (Value at Y1 cursor) NOTE If the front-panel cursors are off or are set to Binary or Hex Mode, the marker position values are not defined. Make sure to set :MARKer:MODE to MANual or WAVeform to put the cursors in the front-panel Normal mode.
:MARKer Commands 19 :MARKer:YUNits (see page 782) Command Syntax :MARKer:YUNits ::= {BASE | PERCent} The :MARKer:YUNits command sets the Y cursors units: • BASE — for making measurements in the units associated with the cursors source. • PERCent — for making ratio measurements. Use the :MARKer:YUNits:USE command to set the current Y1 location as 0 percent and the current Y2 location as 100 percent.
19 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:YUNits:USE (see page 782) Command Syntax :MARKer:YUNits:USE When PERCent is selected for :MARKer:YUNits, the :MARKer:YUNits:USE command sets the current Y1 location as 0 percent and the current Y2 location as 100 percent. Once the 0 and 100 percent locations are set, inputs to and outputs from the :MARKer:Y1Position, :MARKer:Y2Position, and :MARKer:YDELta commands/queries are relative to the set locations.
Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 20 :MEASure Commands Select automatic measurements to be made and control time markers. See "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 345.
20 :MEASure Commands Table 63 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:DEFine DELay, [,] (see page 351) :MEASure:DEFine? DELay[,] (see page 352) ::= , edge_spec1 ::= [] edge_spec2 ::= [] ::= {+ | -} ::= integer ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory} :MEASure:DEFine THResholds, [,] (see page
20 :MEASure Commands Table 63 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:FALLtime [] (see page 357) :MEASure:FALLtime? [] (see page 357) ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1-2 in NR1 format ::= time in seconds between the lower and upper thresholds in NR3 format :MEASure:FREQuency [] (see page 358) :MEASure:FREQuency? [] (see page
20 :MEASure Commands Table 63 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:OVERshoot [] (see page 361) :MEASure:OVERshoot? [] (see page 361) ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1-2 in NR1 format ::= the percent of the overshoot of the selected waveform in NR3 format :MEASure:PERiod [] (see page 363) :MEASure:PERiod? [] (see page 363)
20 :MEASure Commands Table 63 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:PWIDth [] (see page 366) :MEASure:PWIDth? [] (see page 366) ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory | EXTernal} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1-2 in NR1 format ::= width of positive pulse in seconds in NR3 format n/a :MEASure:RESults? (see page 367) ::= comma-separated list of measu
20 :MEASure Commands Table 63 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns n/a :MEASure:TEDGe? [, ] (see page 373) ::= direction of the waveform ::= the transition to be reported ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory | EXTernal} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1-2 in NR1 format ::= time in seconds of the specified transition n/a :MEASure:TVALue? , [
20 :MEASure Commands Table 63 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:VAVerage [][,][] (see page 378) :MEASure:VAVerage? [][,][] (see page 378) ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | FFT | WMEMory} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1-2 in NR1 format ::= calculated average voltage in NR3 format :MEASure:VBASe [] (see page 379) :M
20 :MEASure Commands Table 63 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:VPP [] (see page 382) :MEASure:VPP? [] (see page 382) ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | FFT | WMEMory} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1-2 in NR1 format ::= voltage peak-to-peak of the selected waveform in NR3 format :MEASure:VRMS [][,] [][,] [] (see page 383) :MEASure:VRMS? [][,] [
20 :MEASure Commands Table 63 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:XMAX [] (see page 387) :MEASure:XMAX? [] (see page 387) ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | FFT | MATH | WMEMory} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format ::= horizontal value of the maximum in NR3 format :MEASure:XMIN [] (see page 388) :MEASure:XMIN? [] (see page 388) :
20 :MEASure Commands Making Measurements If more than one waveform, edge, or pulse is displayed, time measurements are made on the portion of the displayed waveform closest to the trigger reference (left, center, or right). When making measurements in the zoomed (delayed) time base mode (:TIMebase:MODE WINDow), the oscilloscope will attempt to make the measurement inside the zoomed sweep window.
:MEASure Commands 20 :MEASure:ALL (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:ALL This command installs a Snapshot All measurement on the screen.
20 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:BRATe (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:BRATe [] ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory | EXTernal} ::= 1 to (# of analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:BRATe command installs a screen measurement and starts the bit rate measurement. If the optional source parameter is specified, the currently specified source is modified.
:MEASure Commands 20 :MEASure:CLEar (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:CLEar This command clears all selected measurements and markers from the screen.
20 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:COUNter (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:COUNter [] ::= {CHANnel | EXTernal} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MEASure:COUNter command installs a screen measurement and starts a counter measurement. If the optional source parameter is specified, the current source is modified. Any channel except Math may be selected for the source.
:MEASure Commands 20 :MEASure:DEFine (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:DEFine [,] ::= {DELay | THResholds} ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | FFT | WMEMory} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= {1 | 2} The :MEASure:DEFine command sets up the definition for measurements by specifying the delta time or threshold values. Changing these values may affect the results of other measure commands.
20 :MEASure Commands ::= integer This command defines the behavior of the :MEASure:DELay? query by specifying the start and stop edge to be used. specifies the slope and edge number on source1. specifies the slope and edge number on source2.
:MEASure Commands 20 { | | ,} for = THResholds and = PERCent: THR,PERC,,, , , ::= A number specifying the upper, middle, and lower threshold percentage values between Vbase and Vtop in NR3 format.
20 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DELay (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:DELay [][,] , ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1-2 in NR1 format The :MEASure:DELay command places the instrument in the continuous measurement mode and starts a delay measurement.
:MEASure Commands 20 90%, 50%, and 10% values between Vbase and Vtop. If you want to move the delay measurement point nearer to Vtop or Vbase, you must change the threshold values with the :MEASure:DEFine THResholds command.
20 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DUTYcycle (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:DUTYcycle [] ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory | EXTernal} ::= 1 to (# of analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1-2 in NR1 format The :MEASure:DUTYcycle command installs a screen measurement and starts a duty cycle measurement on the current :MEASure:SOURce. If the optional source parameter is specified, the current source is modified.
20 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:FALLtime (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:FALLtime [] ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1-2 in NR1 format The :MEASure:FALLtime command installs a screen measurement and starts a fall-time measurement. For highest measurement accuracy, set the sweep speed as fast as possible, while leaving the falling edge of the waveform on the display.
20 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:FREQuency (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:FREQuency [] ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory | EXTernal} ::= 1 to (# of analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1-2 in NR1 format The :MEASure:FREQuency command installs a screen measurement and starts a frequency measurement. If the optional source parameter is specified, the current source is modified.
:MEASure Commands 20 :MEASure:NDUTy (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:NDUTy [] ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory | EXTernal} ::= 1 to (# of analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:NDUTy command installs a screen measurement and starts a negative duty cycle measurement on the current :MEASure:SOURce. If the optional source parameter is specified, the current source is modified.
20 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:NWIDth (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:NWIDth [] ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory | EXTernal} ::= 1 to (# of analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1-2 in NR1 format The :MEASure:NWIDth command installs a screen measurement and starts a negative pulse width measurement. If the optional source parameter is not specified, the current source is modified.
:MEASure Commands 20 :MEASure:OVERshoot (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:OVERshoot [] ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1-2 in NR1 format The :MEASure:OVERshoot command installs a screen measurement and starts an overshoot measurement. If the optional source parameter is specified, the current source is modified. NOTE Query Syntax This command is not available if the source is FFT (Fast Fourier Transform).
20 :MEASure Commands 362 • ":MEASure:VTOP" on page 385 • ":MEASure:VBASe" on page 379 • ":MEASure:VMIN" on page 381 Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MEASure Commands 20 :MEASure:PERiod (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:PERiod [] ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory | EXTernal} ::= 1 to (# of analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1-2 in NR1 format The :MEASure:PERiod command installs a screen measurement and starts the period measurement. If the optional source parameter is specified, the current source is modified. NOTE Query Syntax This command is not available if the source is FFT (Fast Fourier Transform).
20 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:PHASe (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:PHASe [][,] , ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1-2 in NR1 format The :MEASure:PHASe command places the instrument in the continuous measurement mode and starts a phase measurement. Query Syntax :MEASure:PHASe? [][,] The :MEASure:PHASe? query measures and returns the phase between the specified sources.
:MEASure Commands 20 :MEASure:PREShoot (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:PREShoot [] ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1-2 in NR1 format The :MEASure:PREShoot command installs a screen measurement and starts a preshoot measurement. If the optional source parameter is specified, the current source is modified.
20 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:PWIDth (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:PWIDth [] ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory | EXTernal} ::= 1 to (# of analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1-2 in NR1 format The :MEASure:PWIDth command installs a screen measurement and starts the positive pulse width measurement. If the optional source parameter is specified, the current source is modified.
:MEASure Commands 20 :MEASure:RESults (see page 782) Query Syntax :MEASure:RESults? The :MEASure:RESults? query returns the results of the continuously displayed measurements. The response to the MEASure:RESults? query is a list of comma-separated values. If more than one measurement is running continuously, the :MEASure:RESults return values are duplicated for each continuous measurement from the first to last result displayed. Each result returned is separated from the previous result by a comma.
20 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:RISetime (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure: RISetime [] ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1-2 in NR1 format The :MEASure:RISetime command installs a screen measurement and starts a rise-time measurement. If the optional source parameter is specified, the current source is modified. NOTE Query Syntax This command is not available if the source is FFT (Fast Fourier Transform).
:MEASure Commands 20 :MEASure:SDEViation (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:SDEViation [] ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory} ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1-2 in NR1 format NOTE This ":MEASure:VRMS DISPlay, AC" command is the preferred syntax for making standard deviation measurements. The :MEASure:SDEViation command installs a screen measurement and starts std deviation measurement.
20 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:SHOW (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:SHOW ::= {1 | ON} The :MEASure:SHOW command enables markers for tracking measurements on the display. This feature is always on. Query Syntax :MEASure:SHOW? The :MEASure:SHOW? query returns the current state of the markers.
20 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:SOURce (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:SOURce [,] , ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory | EXTernal} ::= 1 to (# of analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1-2 in NR1 format The :MEASure:SOURce command sets the default sources for measurements. The specified sources are used as the sources for the MEASure subsystem commands if the sources are not explicitly set with the command.
20 :MEASure Commands varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber ' Read frequency. MsgBox "Frequency:" + vbCrLf _ + FormatNumber(varQueryResult / 1000, 4) + " kHz" myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:DUTYCYCLE?" ' Query for duty cycle. varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber ' Read duty cycle. MsgBox "Duty cycle:" + vbCrLf _ + FormatNumber(varQueryResult, 3) + "%" myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:RISETIME?" ' Query for risetime. varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber ' Read risetime.
:MEASure Commands 20 :MEASure:TEDGe (see page 782) Query Syntax :MEASure:TEDGe? [,] ::= direction of the waveform. A rising slope is indicated by a space or plus sign (+). A falling edge is indicated by a minus sign (-). ::= the transition to be reported. If the occurrence number is one, the first crossing from the left screen edge is reported. If the number is two, the second crossing is reported, etc.
20 :MEASure Commands Return Format ::= time in seconds of the specified transition in NR3 format :MEASure:TEDGe Code ' Make a delay measurement between channel 1 and 2. Dim dblChan1Edge1 As Double Dim dblChan2Edge1 As Double Dim dblChan1Edge2 As Double Dim dblDelay As Double Dim dblPeriod As Double Dim dblPhase As Double ' Query time at 1st rising edge on ch1. myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:TEDGE? +1, CHAN1" ' Read time at edge 1 on ch 1. dblChan1Edge1 = myScope.
:MEASure Commands 20 :MEASure:TVALue (see page 782) Query Syntax :MEASure:TVALue? , [][,] ::= the vertical value that the waveform must cross. The value can be volts or a math function value such as dB, Vs, or V/s. ::= direction of the waveform. A rising slope is indicated by a plus sign (+). A falling edge is indicated by a minus sign (-). ::= the transition to be reported. If the occurrence number is one, the first crossing is reported.
20 :MEASure Commands See Also 376 • "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 345 • ":MEASure:TEDGe" on page 373 • ":MEASure:VTIMe" on page 384 Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MEASure Commands 20 :MEASure:VAMPlitude (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:VAMPlitude [] ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1-2 in NR1 format The :MEASure:VAMPlitude command installs a screen measurement and starts a vertical amplitude measurement. If the optional source parameter is specified, the current source is modified.
20 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VAVerage (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:VAVerage [][,][] ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | FFT | WMEMory} ::= 1 to (# of analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1-2 in NR1 format The :MEASure:VAVerage command installs a screen measurement and starts an average value measurement. If the optional source parameter is specified, the current source is modified.
:MEASure Commands 20 :MEASure:VBASe (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:VBASe [] ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1-2 in NR1 format The :MEASure:VBASe command installs a screen measurement and starts a waveform base value measurement. If the optional source parameter is specified, the current source is modified. NOTE Query Syntax This command is not available if the source is FFT (Fast Fourier Transform).
20 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VMAX (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:VMAX [] ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | FFT | WMEMory} ::= 1 to (# of analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1-2 in NR1 format The :MEASure:VMAX command installs a screen measurement and starts a maximum vertical value measurement. If the optional source parameter is specified, the current source is modified.
:MEASure Commands 20 :MEASure:VMIN (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:VMIN [] ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | FFT | WMEMory} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1-2 in NR1 format The :MEASure:VMIN command installs a screen measurement and starts a minimum vertical value measurement. If the optional source parameter is specified, the current source is modified.
20 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VPP (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:VPP [] ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | FFT | WMEMory} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1-2 in NR1 format The :MEASure:VPP command installs a screen measurement and starts a vertical peak-to-peak measurement. If the optional source parameter is specified, the current source is modified.
20 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VRMS (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:VRMS [][,][,] ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} ::= {AC | DC} ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1-2 in NR1 format The :MEASure:VRMS command installs a screen measurement and starts an RMS value measurement. If the optional source parameter is specified, the current source is modified.
20 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VTIMe (see page 782) Query Syntax :MEASure:VTIMe? [,] ::= time from trigger in seconds ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory | EXTernal} ::= 1 to (# of analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1-2 in NR1 format The :MEASure:VTIMe? query returns the value at a specified time on the source specified with :MEASure:SOURce. The specified time must be on the screen and is referenced to the trigger event.
:MEASure Commands 20 :MEASure:VTOP (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:VTOP [] ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1-2 in NR1 format The :MEASure:VTOP command installs a screen measurement and starts a waveform top value measurement. NOTE Query Syntax This query is not available if the source is FFT (Fast Fourier Transform).
20 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:WINDow (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:WINDow ::= {MAIN | ZOOM | AUTO} When the zoomed time base is displayed, the :MEASure:WINDow command lets you specify the measurement window: Query Syntax • MAIN — the measurement window is the upper, Main window. • ZOOM — the measurement window is the lower, Zoom window. • AUTO — the measurement is attempted in the lower, Zoom window; if it cannot be made there, the upper, Main window is used.
:MEASure Commands 20 :MEASure:XMAX (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:XMAX [] ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory} ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1-2 in NR1 format The :MEASure:XMAX command installs a screen measurement and starts an X-at-Max-Y measurement on the selected window. If the optional source parameter is specified, the current source is modified. NOTE Query Syntax :MEASure:XMAX is an alias for :MEASure:TMAX.
20 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:XMIN (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:XMIN [] ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory} ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 1-2 in NR1 format The :MEASure:XMIN command installs a screen measurement and starts an X-at-Min-Y measurement on the selected window. If the optional source parameter is specified, the current source is modified. NOTE Query Syntax :MEASure:XMIN is an alias for :MEASure:TMIN.
Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 21 :MTESt Commands Mask testing is available on the DSOX1000-Series oscilloscope models. The MTESt subsystem commands and queries control the mask test features. See "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 391.
21 :MTESt Commands Table 64 :MTESt Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MTESt:DATA (see page 404) :MTESt:DATA? (see page 404) ::= data in IEEE 488.2 # format.
21 :MTESt Commands Table 64 :MTESt Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MTESt:SCALe:XDELta (see page 418) :MTESt:SCALe:XDELta? (see page 418) ::= X delta value in NR3 format :MTESt:SCALe:Y1 (see page 419) :MTESt:SCALe:Y1? (see page 419) ::= Y1 value in NR3 format :MTESt:SCALe:Y2 (see page 420) :MTESt:SCALe:Y2? (see page 420) ::= Y2 value in NR3 format :MTESt:SOURce (see page 42
21 :MTESt Commands Private Declare Sub Sleep Lib "kernel32" (ByVal dwMilliseconds As Long) Sub Main() On Error GoTo VisaComError ' Create the VISA COM I/O resource. Set myMgr = New VisaComLib.ResourceManager Set myScope = New VisaComLib.FormattedIO488 Set myScope.IO = _ myMgr.Open("USB0::0x0957::0x17A6::US50210029::0::INSTR") myScope.IO.Clear ' Clear the interface. ' Make sure oscilloscope is running. myScope.WriteString ":RUN" ' Set mask test termination conditions. myScope.
:MTESt Commands 21 myScope.WriteString ":MTESt:AMASk:CREate" Debug.Print "Auto-mask created, mask test automatically enabled." ' Set up timeout variables. Dim lngTimeout As Long ' Max millisecs to wait. Dim lngElapsed As Long lngTimeout = 60000 ' 60 seconds. ' Wait until mask is created. lngElapsed = 0 Do While lngElapsed <= lngTimeout myScope.WriteString ":OPERegister:CONDition?" varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber ' Operation Status Condition Register MTE bit (bit 9, &H200).
21 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:ALL (see page 782) Command Syntax :MTESt:ALL ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:ALL command specifies the channel(s) that are included in the mask test: Query Syntax • ON — All displayed analog channels are included in the mask test. • OFF — Just the selected source channel is included in the test. :MTESt:ENABle? The :MTESt:ENABle? query returns the current setting.
:MTESt Commands 21 :MTESt:AMASk:CREate (see page 782) Command Syntax :MTESt:AMASk:CREate The :MTESt:AMASk:CREate command automatically constructs a mask around the current selected channel, using the tolerance parameters defined by the :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta, :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta, and :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs commands. The mask only encompasses the portion of the waveform visible on the display, so you must ensure that the waveform is acquired and displayed consistently to obtain repeatable results.
21 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:AMASk:SOURce (see page 782) Command Syntax :MTESt:AMASk:SOURce ::= CHANnel ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MTESt:AMASk:SOURce command selects the source for the interpretation of the :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta and :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta parameters when :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs is set to CURRent.
21 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs (see page 782) Command Syntax :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs ::= {CURRent | DIVisions} The :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs command alters the way the mask test subsystem interprets the tolerance parameters for automasking as defined by :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta and :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta commands. Query Syntax • CURRent — the mask test subsystem uses the units as set by the :CHANnel:UNITs command, usually time for ΔX and voltage for ΔY.
21 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta (see page 782) Command Syntax :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta ::= X delta value in NR3 format The :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta command sets the tolerance in the X direction around the waveform for the automasking feature. The absolute value of the tolerance will be added and subtracted to horizontal values of the waveform to determine the boundaries of the mask.
:MTESt Commands 21 :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta (see page 782) Command Syntax :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta ::= Y delta value in NR3 format The :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta command sets the vertical tolerance around the waveform for the automasking feature. The absolute value of the tolerance will be added and subtracted to vertical values of the waveform to determine the boundaries of the mask.
21 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:COUNt:FWAVeforms (see page 782) Query Syntax :MTESt:COUNt:FWAVeforms? [CHANnel] ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MTESt:COUNt:FWAVeforms? query returns the total number of failed waveforms in the current mask test run. This count is for all regions and all waveforms collected on the channel specified by the optional parameter or collected on the currently specified source channel (:MTESt:SOURce) if there is no parameter.
:MTESt Commands 21 :MTESt:COUNt:RESet (see page 782) Command Syntax :MTESt:COUNt:RESet The :MTESt:COUNt:RESet command resets the mask statistics.
21 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:COUNt:TIME (see page 782) Query Syntax :MTESt:COUNt:TIME? The :MTESt:COUNt:TIME? query returns the elapsed time in the current mask test run. Return Format ::= elapsed seconds in NR3 format.
:MTESt Commands 21 :MTESt:COUNt:WAVeforms (see page 782) Query Syntax :MTESt:COUNt:WAVeforms? The :MTESt:COUNt:WAVeforms? query returns the total number of waveforms acquired in the current mask test run. Return Format ::= number of waveforms in NR1 format.
21 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:DATA (see page 782) Command Syntax :MTESt:DATA ::= binary block data in IEEE 488.2 # format. The :MTESt:DATA command loads a mask from binary block data. These are the data bytes found in a *.msk file. Query Syntax :MTESt:DATA? The :MTESt:DATA? query returns a mask in binary block data format. The format for the data transmission is the # definite-length format defined in the IEEE 488.2 specification.
:MTESt Commands 21 :MTESt:DELete (see page 782) Command Syntax :MTESt:DELete The :MTESt:DELete command clears the currently loaded mask.
21 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:ENABle (see page 782) Command Syntax :MTESt:ENABle ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:ENABle command enables or disables the mask test features. Query Syntax • ON — Enables the mask test features. • OFF — Disables the mask test features. :MTESt:ENABle? The :MTESt:ENABle? query returns the current state of mask test features.
:MTESt Commands 21 :MTESt:LOCK (see page 782) Command Syntax :MTESt:LOCK ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:LOCK command enables or disables the mask lock feature: Query Syntax • ON — Locks a mask to the SOURce. As the vertical or horizontal scaling or position of the SOURce changes, the mask is redrawn accordingly. • OFF — The mask is static and does not move. :MTESt:LOCK? The :MTESt:LOCK? query returns the current mask lock setting.
21 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:RMODe (see page 782) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe ::= {FORever | SIGMa | TIME | WAVeforms} The :MTESt:RMODe command specifies the termination conditions for the mask test: Query Syntax • FORever — the mask test runs until it is turned off. • SIGMa — the mask test runs until the Sigma level is reached. This level is set by the ":MTESt:RMODe:SIGMa" on page 413 command. • TIME — the mask test runs for a fixed amount of time.
:MTESt Commands 21 :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:MEASure (see page 782) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:MEASure ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:MEASure command sets measuring only mask failures on or off. When ON, measurements and measurement statistics run only on waveforms that contain a mask violation; passing waveforms do not affect measurements and measurement statistics. This mode is not available when the acquisition mode is set to Averaging.
21 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:PRINt (see page 782) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:PRINt ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:PRINt command sets printing on mask failures on or off. NOTE Setting :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:PRINt ON automatically sets :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:SAVE OFF. See Chapter 18, “:HARDcopy Commands,” starting on page 309 for more information on setting the hardcopy device and formatting options.
21 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:SAVE (see page 782) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:SAVE ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:SAVE command sets saving on mask failures on or off. NOTE Setting :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:SAVE ON automatically sets :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:PRINt OFF. See Chapter 23, “:SAVE Commands,” starting on page 431 for more information on save options.
21 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:STOP (see page 782) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:STOP ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:STOP command sets stopping on a mask failure on or off. When this setting is ON and a mask violation is detected, the mask test is stopped and the acquisition system is stopped. Query Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:STOP? The :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:STOP? query returns the current mask failure stop setting.
:MTESt Commands 21 :MTESt:RMODe:SIGMa (see page 782) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:SIGMa ::= from 0.1 to 9.3 in NR3 format When the :MTESt:RMODe command is set to SIGMa, the :MTESt:RMODe:SIGMa command sets the test sigma level to which a mask test runs. Test sigma is the best achievable process sigma, assuming no failures. (Process sigma is calculated using the number of failures per test.
21 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:RMODe:TIME (see page 782) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:TIME ::= from 1 to 86400 in NR3 format When the :MTESt:RMODe command is set to TIME, the :MTESt:RMODe:TIME command sets the number of seconds for a mask test to run. Query Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:TIME? The :MTESt:RMODe:TIME? query returns the number of seconds currently set.
:MTESt Commands 21 :MTESt:RMODe:WAVeforms (see page 782) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:WAVeforms ::= number of waveforms in NR1 format from 1 to 2,000,000,000 When the :MTESt:RMODe command is set to WAVeforms, the :MTESt:RMODe:WAVeforms command sets the number of waveform acquisitions that are mask tested. Query Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:WAVeforms? The :MTESt:RMODe:WAVeforms? query returns the number of waveforms currently set.
21 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:SCALe:BIND (see page 782) Command Syntax :MTESt:SCALe:BIND ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:SCALe:BIND command enables or disables Bind 1 & 0 Levels (Bind -1 & 0 Levels for inverted masks) control: • ON — If the Bind 1 & 0 Levels control is enabled, the 1 Level and the 0 Level controls track each other. Adjusting either the 1 Level or the 0 Level control shifts the position of the mask up or down without changing its size.
:MTESt Commands 21 :MTESt:SCALe:X1 (see page 782) Command Syntax :MTESt:SCALe:X1 ::= X1 value in NR3 format The :MTESt:SCALe:X1 command defines where X=0 in the base coordinate system used for mask testing. The other X-coordinate is defined by the :MTESt:SCALe:XDELta command.
21 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:SCALe:XDELta (see page 782) Command Syntax :MTESt:SCALe:XDELta ::= X delta value in NR3 format The :MTESt:SCALe:XDELta command defines the position of the X2 marker with respect to the X1 marker. In the mask test coordinate system, the X1 marker defines where X=0; thus, the X2 marker defines where X=1.
:MTESt Commands 21 :MTESt:SCALe:Y1 (see page 782) Command Syntax :MTESt:SCALe:Y1 ::= Y1 value in NR3 format The :MTESt:SCALe:Y1 command defines where Y=0 in the coordinate system for mask testing. All Y values of vertices in the coordinate system are defined with respect to the boundaries set by SCALe:Y1 and SCALe:Y2 according to the equation: Y = (Y * (Y2 - Y1)) + Y1 Thus, if you set Y1 to 100 mV, and Y2 to 1 V, a Y value of 0.100 in a vertex is at 190 mV.
21 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:SCALe:Y2 (see page 782) Command Syntax :MTESt:SCALe:Y2 ::= Y2 value in NR3 format The :MTESt:SCALe:Y2 command defines the Y2 marker in the coordinate system for mask testing. All Y values of vertices in the coordinate system are defined with respect to the boundaries defined by SCALe:Y1 and SCALe:Y2 according to the following equation: Y = (Y * (Y2 - Y1)) + Y1 Thus, if you set Y1 to 100 mV, and Y2 to 1 V, a Y value of 0.100 in a vertex is at 190 mV.
:MTESt Commands 21 :MTESt:SOURce (see page 782) Command Syntax :MTESt:SOURce ::= CHANnel ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MTESt:SOURce command selects the channel which is configured by the commands contained in a mask file when it is loaded. Query Syntax :MTESt:SOURce? The :MTESt:SOURce? query returns the channel which is configured by the commands contained in the current mask file.
21 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:TITLe (see page 782) Query Syntax :MTESt:TITLe? The :MTESt:TITLe? query returns the mask title which is a string of up to 128 characters. The title is displayed in the mask test dialog box and mask test tab when a mask file is loaded. Return Format
::= a string of up to 128 ASCII characters.Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 22 :RECall Commands Recall previously saved oscilloscope setups, reference waveforms, and masks.
22 :RECall Commands Use :RECall? to query setup information for the RECall subsystem. Return Format The following is a sample response from the :RECall? query. In this case, the query was issued following the *RST command.
22 :RECall Commands :RECall:FILename (see page 782) Command Syntax :RECall:FILename ::= quoted ASCII string The :RECall:FILename command specifies the source for any RECall operations. NOTE Query Syntax This command specifies a file's base name only, without path information or an extension. :RECall:FILename? The :RECall:FILename? query returns the current RECall filename.
22 :RECall Commands :RECall:MASK[:STARt] (see page 782) Command Syntax :RECall:MASK[:STARt] [] ::= { | } ::= 0-3; an integer in NR1 format ::= quoted ASCII string The :RECall:MASK[:STARt] command recalls a mask. NOTE See Also 426 If a file extension is provided as part of a specified , it must be ".msk".
:RECall Commands 22 :RECall:PWD (see page 782) Command Syntax :RECall:PWD ::= quoted ASCII string The :RECall:PWD command sets the present working directory for recall operations. Query Syntax :RECall:PWD? The :RECall:PWD? query returns the currently set working directory for recall operations.
22 :RECall Commands :RECall:SETup[:STARt] (see page 782) Command Syntax :RECall:SETup[:STARt] [] ::= { | } ::= 0-9; an integer in NR1 format ::= quoted ASCII string The :RECall:SETup[:STARt] command recalls an oscilloscope setup. NOTE See Also 428 If a file extension is provided as part of a specified , it must be ".scp".
:RECall Commands 22 :RECall:WMEMory[:STARt] (see page 782) Command Syntax :RECall:WMEMory[:STARt] [] ::= 1-2 in NR1 format ::= quoted ASCII string The :RECall:WMEMory[:STARt] command recalls a reference waveform. NOTE See Also If a file extension is provided as part of a specified , it must be ".h5".
22 :RECall Commands 430 Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 23 :SAVE Commands Save oscilloscope setups, screen images, and data. See "Introduction to :SAVE Commands" on page 432.
23 :SAVE Commands Table 66 :SAVE Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SAVE:PWD (see page 442) :SAVE:PWD? (see page 442) ::= quoted ASCII string :SAVE:SETup[:STARt] [] (see page 443) n/a ::= { | } ::= 0-9; an integer in NR1 format ::= quoted ASCII string :SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt ] [] (see page 444) n/a ::= quoted ASCII string :SAVE:WAVeform:FOR
:SAVE Commands 23 :SAV is an acceptable short form for :SAVE. Reporting the Setup Use :SAVE? to query setup information for the SAVE subsystem. Return Format The following is a sample response from the :SAVE? query. In this case, the query was issued following the *RST command.
23 :SAVE Commands :SAVE:FILename (see page 782) Command Syntax :SAVE:FILename ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:FILename command specifies the source for any SAVE operations. NOTE Query Syntax This command specifies a file's base name only, without path information or an extension. :SAVE:FILename? The :SAVE:FILename? query returns the current SAVE filename.
23 :SAVE Commands :SAVE:IMAGe[:STARt] (see page 782) Command Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe[:STARt] [] ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:IMAGe[:STARt] command saves an image. NOTE Be sure to set the :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat before saving an image. If the format is NONE, the save image command will not succeed.
23 :SAVE Commands :SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors (see page 782) Command Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} The :SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors command controls whether the oscilloscope factors are output along with the image. NOTE Factors are written to a separate file with the same path and base name but with the ".txt" extension. Query Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors? The :SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors? query returns a flag indicating whether oscilloscope factors are output along with the image.
:SAVE Commands 23 :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat (see page 782) Command Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat ::= {{BMP | BMP24bit} | BMP8bit | PNG} The :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat command sets the image format type. Query Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat? The :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat? query returns the selected image format type. Return Format ::= {BMP | BMP8 | PNG | NONE} When NONE is returned, it indicates that a waveform data file format is currently selected.
23 :SAVE Commands :SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver (see page 782) Command Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} The :SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver command controls whether the graticule colors are inverted or not. Query Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver? The :SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver? query returns a flag indicating whether graticule colors are inverted or not.
:SAVE Commands 23 :SAVE:IMAGe:PALette (see page 782) Command Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:PALette ::= {COLor | GRAYscale} The :SAVE:IMAGe:PALette command sets the image palette color. Query Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:PALette? The :SAVE:IMAGe:PALette? query returns the selected image palette color.
23 :SAVE Commands :SAVE:MASK[:STARt] (see page 782) Command Syntax :SAVE:MASK[:STARt] [] ::= { | } ::= 0-3; an integer in NR1 format ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:MASK[:STARt] command saves a mask. NOTE See Also 440 If a file extension is provided as part of a specified , it must be ".msk".
:SAVE Commands 23 :SAVE:MULTi[:STARt] (see page 782) Command Syntax :SAVE:MULTi[:STARt] [] ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:MULTi[:STARt] command saves multi-channel waveform data to a file. This file can be opened by the N8900A InfiniiView oscilloscope analysis software. NOTE See Also If a file extension is provided as part of a specified , it must be ".h5".
23 :SAVE Commands :SAVE:PWD (see page 782) Command Syntax :SAVE:PWD ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:PWD command sets the present working directory for save operations. Query Syntax :SAVE:PWD? The :SAVE:PWD? query returns the currently set working directory for save operations.
:SAVE Commands 23 :SAVE:SETup[:STARt] (see page 782) Command Syntax :SAVE:SETup[:STARt] [] ::= { | } ::= 0-9; an integer in NR1 format ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:SETup[:STARt] command saves an oscilloscope setup. NOTE See Also If a file extension is provided as part of a specified , it must be ".scp".
23 :SAVE Commands :SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt] (see page 782) Command Syntax :SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt] [] ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt] command saves oscilloscope waveform data to a file. NOTE Be sure to set the :SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat before saving waveform data. If the format is NONE, the save waveform command will not succeed.
:SAVE Commands 23 :SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat (see page 782) Command Syntax :SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat ::= {ASCiixy | CSV | BINary} The :SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat command sets the waveform data format type: Query Syntax • ASCiixy — creates comma-separated value files for each analog channel that is displayed (turned on). The proper file extension for this format is ".csv".
23 :SAVE Commands :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth (see page 782) Command Syntax :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth ::= 100 to max. length; an integer in NR1 format When the :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth:MAX setting is OFF, the :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth command sets the waveform data length (that is, the number of points saved). When the :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth:MAX setting is ON, the :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth setting has no effect.
:SAVE Commands 23 :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth:MAX (see page 782) Command Syntax :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth:MAX ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} The :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth:MAX command specifies whether maximum number of waveform data points is saved. When OFF, the :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth command specifies the number of waveform data points saved. Query Syntax :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth:MAX? The :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth:MAX? query returns the current setting.
23 :SAVE Commands :SAVE:WAVeform:SEGMented (see page 782) Command Syntax :SAVE:WAVeform:SEGMented
:SAVE Commands 23 :SAVE:WMEMory:SOURce (see page 782) Command Syntax :SAVE:WMEMory:SOURce ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= {1 | 2} The :SAVE:WMEMory:SOURce command selects the source to be saved as a reference waveform file. NOTE Only ADD or SUBtract math operations can be saved as reference waveforms. NOTE MATH is an alias for FUNCtion. The query will return FUNC if the source is FUNCtion or MATH.
23 :SAVE Commands :SAVE:WMEMory[:STARt] (see page 782) Command Syntax :SAVE:WMEMory[:STARt] [] ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:WMEMory[:STARt] command saves oscilloscope waveform data to a reference waveform file. NOTE See Also 450 If a file extension is provided as part of a specified , it must be ".h5".
Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 24 :SBUS Commands Control the modes and parameters for each serial bus decode/trigger type.
24 :SBUS Commands • SPI (Serial Peripheral Interface) triggering— consists of connecting the oscilloscope to a clock, data (MOSI or MISO), and framing signal. You can then trigger on a data pattern during a specific framing period. The serial data string can be specified to be from 4 to 64 bits long. • UART/RS-232 triggering (with Option 232) — lets you trigger on RS-232 serial data. Reporting the Setup Use :SBUS? to query setup information for the :SBUS subsystem.
24 :SBUS Commands General :SBUS Commands Table 67 General :SBUS Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS:DISPlay {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 454) :SBUS:DISPlay? (see page 454) {0 | 1} :SBUS:MODE (see page 455) :SBUS:MODE? (see page 455) ::= {CAN | IIC | LIN | SPI | UART} Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 453
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:DISPlay (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:DISPlay ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :SBUS:DISPlay command turns displaying of the serial decode bus on or off. This command is only valid when a serial decode option has been licensed. NOTE Query Syntax :SBUS:DISPlay? The :SBUS:DISPlay? query returns the current display setting of the serial decode bus.
:SBUS Commands 24 :SBUS:MODE (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:MODE ::= {CAN | IIC | LIN | SPI | UART} The :SBUS:MODE command determines the decode mode for the serial bus. This command is only valid when a serial decode option has been licensed. The CAN, LIN, and SPI serial decode and triggering options are available on the DSOX1000-Series oscilloscope models. NOTE Query Syntax :SBUS:MODE? The :SBUS:MODE? query returns the current serial bus decode mode setting.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:CAN Commands NOTE Table 68 These commands are valid on DSOX1000-Series oscilloscopes when the automotive CAN and LIN serial decode license (AUTO) is enabled.
24 :SBUS Commands Table 68 :SBUS:CAN Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS:CAN:TRIGger: PATTern:DATA:LENGth (see page 470) :SBUS:CAN:TRIGger: PATTern:DATA:LENGth? (see page 470) ::= integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format :SBUS:CAN:TRIGger: PATTern:ID (see page 471) :SBUS:CAN:TRIGger: PATTern:ID? (see page 471) ::= "nn...
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:CAN:COUNt:ERRor (see page 782) Query Syntax :SBUS:CAN:COUNt:ERRor? Returns the error frame count.
:SBUS Commands 24 :SBUS:CAN:COUNt:OVERload (see page 782) Query Syntax :SBUS:CAN:COUNt:OVERload? Returns the overload frame count.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:CAN:COUNt:RESet (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:CAN:COUNt:RESet Resets the frame counters.
:SBUS Commands 24 :SBUS:CAN:COUNt:TOTal (see page 782) Query Syntax :SBUS:CAN:COUNt:TOTal? Returns the total frame count.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:CAN:COUNt:UTILization (see page 782) Query Syntax :SBUS:CAN:COUNt:UTILization? Returns the percent utilization.
:SBUS Commands 24 :SBUS:CAN:SAMPlepoint (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:CAN:SAMPlepoint ::= {60 | 62.5 | 68 | 70 | 75 | 80 | 87.5} in NR3 format The :SBUS:CAN:SAMPlepoint command sets the point during the bit time where the bit level is sampled to determine whether the bit is dominant or recessive. The sample point represents the percentage of time between the beginning of the bit time to the end of the bit time.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:CAN:SIGNal:BAUDrate (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:CAN:SIGNal:BAUDrate ::= integer from 10000 to 4000000 in 100 b/s increments, or 5000000 The :SBUS:CAN:SIGNal:BAUDrate command sets the standard baud rate of the CAN signal from 10 kb/s to 4 Mb/s in 100 b/s increments. If you enter a baud rate that is not divisible by 100 b/s, the baud rate is set to the nearest baud rate divisible by 100 b/s.
:SBUS Commands 24 :SBUS:CAN:SIGNal:DEFinition (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:CAN:SIGNal:DEFinition ::= {CANH | CANL | RX | TX | DIFFerential | DIFL | DIFH} The :SBUS:CAN:SIGNal:DEFinition command sets the CAN signal type when :SBUS:CAN:TRIGger is set to SOF (start of frame). These signals can be set to: Dominant high signals: • CANH — the actual CAN_H differential bus signal.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:CAN:SOURce (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:CAN:SOURce ::= {CHANnel | EXTernal} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SBUS:CAN:SOURce command sets the source for the CAN signal. Query Syntax :SBUS:CAN:SOURce? The :SBUS:CAN:SOURce? query returns the current source for the CAN signal.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:CAN:TRIGger (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:CAN:TRIGger ::= {SOF | DATA | ERRor | IDData | IDEither | IDRemote | ALLerrors | OVERload | ACKerror} The :SBUS:CAN:TRIGger command sets the CAN trigger on condition: • SOF - will trigger on the Start of Frame (SOF) bit of a Data frame, Remote Transfer Request (RTR) frame, or an Overload frame.
24 :SBUS Commands CAN Id specification is set by the :SBUS:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID and:SBUS:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID:MODE commands. CAN Data specification is set by the :SBUS:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command. CAN Data Length Code is set by the :SBUS:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth command. Query Syntax :SBUS:CAN:TRIGger? The :SBUS:CAN:TRIGger? query returns the current CAN trigger on condition.
:SBUS Commands 24 :SBUS:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | $} :CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command defines the CAN data pattern resource according to the string parameter.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth ::= integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format The :SBUS:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth command sets the number of 8-bit bytes in the CAN data string. The number of bytes in the string can be anywhere from 1 bytes to 8 bytes (64 bits). The value for these bytes is set by the :SBUS:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command.
:SBUS Commands 24 :SBUS:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | $} :CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID command defines the CAN identifier pattern resource according to the string parameter.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID:MODE (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID:MODE ::= {STANdard | EXTended} The :SBUS:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID:MODE command sets the CAN identifier mode. STANdard selects the standard 11-bit identifier. EXTended selects the extended 29-bit identifier. The CAN identifier is set by the :SBUS:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID command.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:IIC Commands NOTE Table 69 These commands are valid when the low-speed IIC and SPI serial decode license (EMBD) is enabled.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:IIC:ASIZe (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:IIC:ASIZe ::= {BIT7 | BIT8} The :SBUS:IIC:ASIZe command determines whether the Read/Write bit is included as the LSB in the display of the IIC address field of the decode bus. Query Syntax :SBUS:IIC:ASIZe? The :SBUS:IIC:ASIZe? query returns the current IIC address width setting.
:SBUS Commands 24 :SBUS:IIC[:SOURce]:CLOCk (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:IIC[:SOURce]:CLOCk ::= {CHANnel | EXTernal} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SBUS:IIC[:SOURce]:CLOCk command sets the source for the IIC serial clock (SCL). Query Syntax :SBUS:IIC[:SOURce]:CLOCk? The :SBUS:IIC[:SOURce]:CLOCk? query returns the current source for the IIC serial clock.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:IIC[:SOURce]:DATA (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:IIC[:SOURce]:DATA ::= {CHANnel | EXTernal} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SBUS:IIC[:SOURce]:DATA command sets the source for IIC serial data (SDA). Query Syntax :SBUS:IIC[:SOURce]:DATA? The :SBUS:IIC[:SOURce]:DATA? query returns the current source for IIC serial data.
:SBUS Commands 24 :SBUS:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:ADDRess (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:ADDRess ::= integer or ::= "0xnn" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} The :SBUS:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:ADDRess command sets the address for IIC data.The address can range from 0x00 to 0x7F (7-bit) or 0x3FF (10-bit) hexadecimal. Use the don't care address (-1 or 0xFFFFFFFF) to ignore the address value.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA ::= integer or ::= "0xnn" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} The :SBUS:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command sets IIC data. The data value can range from 0x00 to 0x0FF (hexadecimal). Use the don't care data pattern (-1 or 0xFFFFFFFF) to ignore the data value.
:SBUS Commands 24 :SBUS:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATa2 (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATa2 ::= integer or ::= "0xnn" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} The :SBUS:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATa2 command sets IIC data 2. The data value can range from 0x00 to 0x0FF (hexadecimal). Use the don't care data pattern (-1 or 0xFFFFFFFF) to ignore the data value.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier ::= {EQUal | NOTequal | LESSthan | GREaterthan} The :SBUS:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier command sets the IIC data qualifier when TRIGger:IIC:TRIGger[:TYPE] is set to READEprom. Query Syntax :SBUS:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier? The :SBUS:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier? query returns the current IIC data qualifier value.
:SBUS Commands 24 :SBUS:IIC:TRIGger[:TYPE] (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:IIC:TRIGger[:TYPE] ::= {STARt | STOP | READ7 | READEprom | WRITe7 | WRITe10 | NACKnowledge | ANACk | R7Data2 | W7Data2 | RESTart} The :SBUS:IIC:TRIGger[:TYPE] command sets the IIC trigger type: NOTE Query Syntax • STARt — Start condition. • STOP — Stop condition. • READ7 — 7-bit address frame containing (Start:Address7:Read:Ack:Data). The value READ is also accepted for READ7.
24 :SBUS Commands 482 • ":SBUS:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATa2" on page 479 • ":SBUS:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier" on page 480 • "Long Form to Short Form Truncation Rules" on page 784 Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:LIN Commands NOTE Table 70 These commands are valid on DSOX1000-Series oscilloscopes when the automotive CAN and LIN serial decode license (AUTO) is enabled. :SBUS:LIN Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS:LIN:PARity {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 485) :SBUS:LIN:PARity? (see page 485) {0 | 1} :SBUS:LIN:SAMPlepo int (see page 486) :SBUS:LIN:SAMPlepo int? (see page 486) ::= {60 | 62.
24 :SBUS Commands Table 70 :SBUS:LIN Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS:LIN:TRIGger: PATTern:DATA (see page 493) :SBUS:LIN:TRIGger: PATTern:DATA? (see page 493) ::= "n" where n ::= 32-bit integer in unsigned decimal when = DECimal ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | $} when = BINary ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..
:SBUS Commands 24 :SBUS:LIN:PARity (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:LIN:PARity ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :SBUS:LIN:PARity command determines whether the parity bits are included as the most significant bits (MSB) in the display of the Frame Id field in the LIN decode bus. Query Syntax :SBUS:LIN:PARity? The :SBUS:LIN:PARity? query returns the current LIN parity bits display setting of the serial decode bus.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:LIN:SAMPlepoint (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:LIN:SAMPlepoint ::= {60 | 62.5 | 68 | 70 | 75 | 80 | 87.5} in NR3 format The :SBUS:LIN:SAMPlepoint command sets the point during the bit time where the bit level is sampled to determine whether the bit is dominant or recessive. The sample point represents the percentage of time between the beginning of the bit time to the end of the bit time.
:SBUS Commands 24 :SBUS:LIN:SIGNal:BAUDrate (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:LIN:SIGNal:BAUDrate ::= integer from 2400 to 625000 in 100 b/s increments The :SBUS:LIN:SIGNal:BAUDrate command sets the standard baud rate of the LIN signal from 2400 b/s to 625 kb/s in 100 b/s increments. If you enter a baud rate that is not divisible by 100 b/s, the baud rate is set to the nearest baud rate divisible by 100 b/s.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:LIN:SOURce (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:LIN:SOURce ::= {CHANnel | EXTernal} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SBUS:LIN:SOURce command sets the source for the LIN signal. Query Syntax :SBUS:LIN:SOURce? The :SBUS:LIN:SOURce? query returns the current source for the LIN signal.
:SBUS Commands 24 :SBUS:LIN:STANdard (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:LIN:STANdard ::= {LIN13 | LIN20} The :SBUS:LIN:STANdard command sets the LIN standard in effect for triggering and decoding to be LIN1.3 or LIN2.0. Query Syntax :SBUS:LIN:STANdard? The :SBUS:LIN:STANdard? query returns the current LIN standard setting.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:LIN:SYNCbreak (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:LIN:SYNCbreak ::= integer = {11 | 12 | 13} The :SBUS:LIN:SYNCbreak command sets the length of the LIN sync break to be greater than or equal to 11, 12, or 13 clock lengths. The sync break is the idle period in the bus activity at the beginning of each packet that distinguishes one information packet from the previous one.
:SBUS Commands 24 :SBUS:LIN:TRIGger (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:LIN:TRIGger ::= {SYNCbreak | ID | DATA} The :SBUS:LIN:TRIGger command sets the LIN trigger condition to be: • SYNCbreak — Sync Break. • ID — Frame ID. Use the :SBUS:LIN:TRIGger:ID command to specify the frame ID. • DATA — Frame ID and Data. Use the :SBUS:LIN:TRIGger:ID command to specify the frame ID.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:LIN:TRIGger:ID (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:LIN:TRIGger:ID ::= 7-bit integer in decimal, , or from 0-63 or 0x00-0x3f ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal ::= #Bnn...n where n ::= {0 | 1} for binary ::= "0xnn" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..
:SBUS Commands 24 :SBUS:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA ::= "n" where n ::= 32-bit integer in unsigned decimal when = DECimal ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | $} when = BINary ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $} when = HEX NOTE is specified with the :SBUS:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat command. The default is BINary.
24 :SBUS Commands See Also 494 • "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 571 • ":SBUS:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat" on page 496 • ":SBUS:LIN:TRIGger" on page 491 • ":SBUS:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth" on page 495 Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS Commands 24 :SBUS:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth ::= integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format The :SBUS:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth command sets the number of 8-bit bytes in the LIN data string. The number of bytes in the string can be anywhere from 1 bytes to 8 bytes (64 bits). The value for these bytes is set by the :SBUS:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat ::= {BINary | HEX | DECimal} The :SBUS:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat command sets the entry (and query) number base used by the :SBUS:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command. The default is BINary. Query Syntax :SBUS:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat? The :SBUS:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat? query returns the currently set number base for LIN pattern data.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:SPI Commands NOTE Table 71 These commands are valid on DSOX1000-Series oscilloscopes when the low-speed IIC and SPI serial decode license (EMBD) is enabled.
24 :SBUS Commands Table 71 :SBUS:SPI Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS:SPI:TRIGger: PATTern:MOSI:DATA (see page 509) :SBUS:SPI:TRIGger: PATTern:MOSI:DATA? (see page 509) ::= "nn...
:SBUS Commands 24 :SBUS:SPI:BITorder (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:SPI:BITorder ::= {LSBFirst | MSBFirst} The :SBUS:SPI:BITorder command selects the bit order, most significant bit first (MSB) or least significant bit first (LSB), used when displaying data in the serial decode waveform and in the Lister. Query Syntax :SBUS:SPI:BITorder? The :SBUS:SPI:BITorder? query returns the current SPI decode bit order.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:SPI:CLOCk:SLOPe (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:SPI:CLOCk:SLOPe ::= {NEGative | POSitive} The :SBUS:SPI:CLOCk:SLOPe command specifies the rising edge (POSitive) or falling edge (NEGative) of the SPI clock source that will clock in the data. Query Syntax :SBUS:SPI:CLOCk:SLOPe? The :SBUS:SPI:CLOCk:SLOPe? query returns the current SPI clock source slope.
:SBUS Commands 24 :SBUS:SPI:CLOCk:TIMeout (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:SPI:CLOCk:TIMeout ::= time in seconds in NR3 format The :SBUS:SPI:CLOCk:TIMeout command sets the SPI signal clock timeout resource in seconds from 100 ns to 10 s when the :SBUS:SPI:FRAMing command is set to TIMeout. The timer is used to frame a signal by a clock timeout.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:SPI:FRAMing (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:SPI:FRAMing ::= {CHIPselect | {NCHipselect | NOTC} | TIMeout} The :SBUS:SPI:FRAMing command sets the SPI trigger framing value. If TIMeout is selected, the timeout value is set by the :SBUS:SPI:CLOCk:TIMeout command. NOTE Query Syntax The NOTC value is deprecated. It is the same as NCHipselect. :SBUS:SPI:FRAMing? The :SBUS:SPI:FRAMing? query returns the current SPI framing value.
:SBUS Commands 24 :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:CLOCk (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:CLOCk ::= {CHANnel | EXTernal} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:CLOCk command sets the source for the SPI serial clock. Query Syntax :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:CLOCk? The :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:CLOCk? query returns the current source for the SPI serial clock.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:FRAMe (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:FRAMe ::= {CHANnel | EXTernal} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:FRAMe command sets the frame source when :SBUS:SPI:FRAMing is set to CHIPselect or NOTChipselect. Query Syntax :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:FRAMe? The :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:FRAMe? query returns the current frame source for the SPI serial frame.
:SBUS Commands 24 :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:MISO (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:MISO ::= {CHANnel | EXTernal} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:MISO command sets the source for the SPI serial MISO data. Query Syntax :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:MISO? The :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:MISO? query returns the current source for the SPI serial MISO data.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:MOSI (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:MOSI ::= {CHANnel | EXTernal} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:MOSI command sets the source for the SPI serial MOSI data. You can also use the equivalent :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:DATA command to set the MOSI data source. Query Syntax :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:MOSI? The :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:MOSI? query returns the current source for the SPI serial MOSI data.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:DATA (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:DATA ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | $} :SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:DATA command defines the SPI data pattern resource according to the string parameter. This pattern, along with the data width, control the data pattern searched for in the data stream.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:WIDTh (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:WIDTh ::= integer from 4 to 64 in NR1 format The :SBUS:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:WIDTh command sets the width of the SPI data pattern anywhere from 4 bits to 64 bits. NOTE The :SBUS:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:WIDTh should be set before :SBUS:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:DATA.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:DATA (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:DATA ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | $} :SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:DATA command defines the SPI data pattern resource according to the string parameter. This pattern, along with the data width, control the data pattern searched for in the data stream.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:WIDTh (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:WIDTh ::= integer from 4 to 64 in NR1 format The :SBUS:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:WIDTh command sets the width of the SPI data pattern anywhere from 4 bits to 64 bits. NOTE The :SBUS:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:WIDTh should be set before :SBUS:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:DATA.
:SBUS Commands 24 :SBUS:SPI:TRIGger:TYPE (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:SPI:TRIGger:TYPE ::= {MOSI | MISO} The :SBUS:SPI:TRIGger:TYPE command specifies whether the SPI trigger will be on the MOSI data or the MISO data. When triggering on MOSI data, the data value is specified by the :SBUS:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:DATA and :SBUS:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:WIDTh commands.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:SPI:WIDTh (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:SPI:WIDTh ::= integer 4-16 in NR1 format The :SBUS:SPI:WIDTh command determines the number of bits in a word of data for SPI. Query Syntax :SBUS:SPI:WIDTh? The :SBUS:SPI:WIDTh? query returns the current SPI decode word width.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:UART Commands NOTE Table 72 These commands are valid when the UART/RS-232 triggering and serial decode license (EMBD) is enabled.
24 :SBUS Commands Table 72 :SBUS:UART Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS:UART:SOURce: RX (see page 525) :SBUS:UART:SOURce: RX? (see page 525) ::= {CHANnel | EXTernal} :SBUS:UART:SOURce: TX (see page 526) :SBUS:UART:SOURce: TX? (see page 526) :SBUS:UART:TRIGger :BASE (see page 527) :SBUS:UART:TRIGger :BASE? (see page 527) ::= {ASCii | HEX} :SBUS:UART:TRIGger :BURSt (see page 52
:SBUS Commands 24 :SBUS:UART:BASE (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:UART:BASE ::= {ASCii | BINary | HEX} The :SBUS:UART:BASE command determines the base to use for the UART decode and Lister display. Query Syntax :SBUS:UART:BASE? The :SBUS:UART:BASE? query returns the current UART decode and Lister base setting.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:UART:BAUDrate (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:UART:BAUDrate ::= integer from 100 to 8000000 The :SBUS:UART:BAUDrate command selects the bit rate (in bps) for the serial decoder and/or trigger when in UART mode. The baud rate can be set from 100 b/s to 8 Mb/s. If the baud rate you select does not match the system baud rate, false triggers may occur.
:SBUS Commands 24 :SBUS:UART:BITorder (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:UART:BITorder ::= {LSBFirst | MSBFirst} The :SBUS:UART:BITorder command specifies the order of transmission used by the physical Tx and Rx input signals for the serial decoder and/or trigger when in UART mode. LSBFirst sets the least significant bit of each message "byte" as transmitted first. MSBFirst sets the most significant bit as transmitted first.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:UART:COUNt:ERRor (see page 782) Query Syntax :SBUS:UART:COUNt:ERRor? Returns the UART error frame count.
:SBUS Commands 24 :SBUS:UART:COUNt:RESet (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:UART:COUNt:RESet Resets the UART frame counters.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:UART:COUNt:RXFRames (see page 782) Query Syntax :SBUS:UART:COUNt:RXFRames? Returns the UART Rx frame count.
:SBUS Commands 24 :SBUS:UART:COUNt:TXFRames (see page 782) Query Syntax :SBUS:UART:COUNt:TXFRames? Returns the UART Tx frame count.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:UART:FRAMing (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:UART:FRAMing ::= {OFF | | } ::= 8-bit integer in decimal from 0-255 (0x00-0xff) ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal ::= #Bnn...n where n ::= {0 | 1} for binary The :SBUS:UART:FRAMing command determines the byte value to use for framing (end of packet) or to turn off framing for UART decode.
:SBUS Commands 24 :SBUS:UART:PARity (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:UART:PARity ::= {EVEN | ODD | NONE} The :SBUS:UART:PARity command selects the parity to be used with each message "byte" for the serial decoder and/or trigger when in UART mode. Query Syntax :SBUS:UART:PARity? The :SBUS:UART:PARity? query returns the current UART parity setting.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:UART:POLarity (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:UART:POLarity ::= {HIGH | LOW} The :SBUS:UART:POLarity command selects the polarity as idle low or idle high for the serial decoder and/or trigger when in UART mode. Query Syntax :SBUS:UART:POLarity? The :SBUS:UART:POLarity? query returns the current UART polarity setting.
:SBUS Commands 24 :SBUS:UART:SOURce:RX (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:UART:SOURce:RX ::= {CHANnel | EXTernal} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SBUS:UART:SOURce:RX command controls which signal is used as the Rx source by the serial decoder and/or trigger when in UART mode. Query Syntax :SBUS:UART:SOURce:RX? The :SBUS:UART:SOURce:RX? query returns the current source for the UART Rx signal.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:UART:SOURce:TX (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:UART:SOURce:TX ::= {CHANnel | EXTernal} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SBUS:UART:SOURce:TX command controls which signal is used as the Tx source by the serial decoder and/or trigger when in UART mode. Query Syntax :SBUS:UART:SOURce:TX? The :SBUS:UART:SOURce:TX? query returns the current source for the UART Tx signal.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:UART:TRIGger:BASE (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:UART:TRIGger:BASE ::= {ASCii | HEX} The :SBUS:UART:TRIGger:BASE command sets the front panel UART/RS232 trigger setup data selection option: • ASCii — front panel data selection is from ASCII values. • HEX — front panel data selection is from hexadecimal values.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:UART:TRIGger:BURSt (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:UART:TRIGger:BURSt ::= {OFF | 1 to 4096 in NR1 format} The :SBUS:UART:TRIGger:BURSt command selects the burst value (Nth frame after idle period) in the range 1 to 4096 or OFF, for the trigger when in UART mode. Query Syntax :SBUS:UART:TRIGger:BURSt? The :SBUS:UART:TRIGger:BURSt? query returns the current UART trigger burst value.
:SBUS Commands 24 :SBUS:UART:TRIGger:DATA (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:UART:TRIGger:DATA ::= 8-bit integer from 0-255 (0x00-0xff) in decimal, , , or format ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal ::= #Bnn...
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:UART:TRIGger:IDLE (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:UART:TRIGger:IDLE ::= time from 1 us to 10 s in NR3 format The :SBUS:UART:TRIGger:IDLE command selects the value of the idle period for burst trigger in the range from 1 us to 10 s when in UART mode. Query Syntax :SBUS:UART:TRIGger:IDLE? The :SBUS:UART:TRIGger:IDLE? query returns the current UART trigger idle period time.
:SBUS Commands 24 :SBUS:UART:TRIGger:QUALifier (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:UART:TRIGger:QUALifier ::= {EQUal | NOTequal | GREaterthan | LESSthan} The :SBUS:UART:TRIGger:QUALifier command selects the data qualifier when :TYPE is set to RDATa, RD1, RD0, RDX, TDATa, TD1, TD0, or TDX for the trigger when in UART mode. Query Syntax :SBUS:UART:TRIGger:QUALifier? The :SBUS:UART:TRIGger:QUALifier? query returns the current UART trigger qualifier.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:UART:TRIGger:TYPE (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:UART:TRIGger:TYPE ::= {RSTArt | RSTOp | RDATa | RD1 | RD0 | RDX | PARityerror | TSTArt | TSTOp | TDATa | TD1 | TD0 | TDX} The :SBUS:UART:TRIGger:TYPE command selects the UART trigger type. When one of the RD or TD types is selected, the :SBUS:UART:TRIGger:DATA and :SBUS:UART:TRIGger:QUALifier commands are used to specify the data value and comparison operator.
24 :SBUS Commands :SBUS:UART:WIDTh (see page 782) Command Syntax :SBUS:UART:WIDTh ::= {5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9} The :SBUS:UART:WIDTh command determines the number of bits (5-9) for each message "byte" for the serial decoder and/or trigger when in UART mode. Query Syntax :SBUS:UART:WIDTh? The :SBUS:UART:WIDTh? query returns the current UART width setting.
24 :SBUS Commands 534 Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 25 :SYSTem Commands Control basic system functions of the oscilloscope. See "Introduction to :SYSTem Commands" on page 536. Table 73 :SYSTem Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SYSTem:DATE (see page 537) :SYSTem:DATE? (see page 537) ::= ,, ::= 4-digit year in NR1 format ::= {1,..
25 :SYSTem Commands Table 73 :SYSTem Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SYSTem:PROTection:LO CK (see page 547) :SYSTem:PROTection:LO CK? (see page 547) ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} :SYSTem:RLOGger [,[,]] (see page 548) n/a ::= {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} ::= quoted ASCII string ::= {CREate | APPend} :SYSTem:RLOGger:DESTi nation (see page 549) :SYSTem:RLOGger:DESTi nation? (see
:SYSTem Commands 25 :SYSTem:DATE (see page 782) Command Syntax :SYSTem:DATE ::= ,, ::= 4-digit year in NR1 format ::= {1,..,12 | JANuary | FEBruary | MARch | APRil | MAY | JUNe | JULy | AUGust | SEPtember | OCTober | NOVember | DECember} ::= {1,..,31} The :SYSTem:DATE command sets the date. Validity checking is performed to ensure that the date is valid. Query Syntax :SYSTem:DATE? The SYSTem:DATE? query returns the date.
25 :SYSTem Commands :SYSTem:DSP (see page 782) Command Syntax :SYSTem:DSP ::= quoted ASCII string (up to 75 characters) The :SYSTem:DSP command writes the quoted string (excluding quotation marks) to a text box in the center of the display. Use :SYStem:DSP "" to remotely remove the message from the display. (Two sets of quote marks without a space between them creates a NULL string.) Press any menu key to manually remove the message from the display.
:SYSTem Commands 25 :SYSTem:ERRor (see page 782) Query Syntax :SYSTem:ERRor? The :SYSTem:ERRor? query outputs the next error number and text from the error queue. The instrument has an error queue that is 30 errors deep and operates on a first-in, first-out basis. Repeatedly sending the :SYSTem:ERRor? query returns the errors in the order that they occurred until the queue is empty. Any further queries then return zero until another error occurs.
25 :SYSTem Commands :SYSTem:LOCK (see page 782) Command Syntax :SYSTem:LOCK ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :SYSTem:LOCK command disables the front panel. LOCK ON is the equivalent of sending a local lockout message over the programming interface. Query Syntax :SYSTem:LOCK? The :SYSTem:LOCK? query returns the lock status of the front panel.
:SYSTem Commands 25 :SYSTem:MENU (see page 782) Command Syntax :SYSTem:MENU
25 :SYSTem Commands :SYSTem:PERSona[:MANufacturer] (see page 782) Command Syntax :SYSTem:PERSona[:MANufacturer] ::= ::= quoted ASCII string, up to 63 characters The :SYSTem:PERSona[:MANufacturer] command lets you change the manufacturer string portion of the identification string returned by the *IDN? query. The default manufacturer string is "KEYSIGHT TECHNOLOGIES".
:SYSTem Commands 25 :SYSTem:PERSona[:MANufacturer]:DEFault (see page 782) Command Syntax :SYSTem:PERSona[:MANufacturer]:DEFault The :SYSTem:PERSona[:MANufacturer]:DEFault command sets the manufacturer string to "KEYSIGHT TECHNOLOGIES".
25 :SYSTem Commands :SYSTem:PRESet (see page 782) Command Syntax :SYSTem:PRESet The :SYSTem:PRESet command places the instrument in a known state. This is the same as pressing the [Defaul t Setup] key or [Save/Recall] > Defaul t/Erase > Defaul t Setup on the front panel. When you perform a default setup, some user settings (like preferences) remain unchanged. To reset all user settings to their factory defaults, use the *RST command.
:SYSTem Commands 25 Display Menu Persistence Off Grid 20% Quick Meas Menu Source Channel 1 Run Control Scope is running Time Base Menu Main time/division 100 us Main time base delay 0.00 s Delay time/division 500 ns Delay time base delay 0.00 s Reference center Mode main Vernier Off Trigger Menu Type Edge Mode Auto Coupling dc Source Channel 1 Level 0.
25 :SYSTem Commands See Also 546 • "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 109 • "*RST (Reset)" on page 121 Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SYSTem Commands 25 :SYSTem:PROTection:LOCK (see page 782) Command Syntax :SYSTem:PROTection:LOCK ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :SYSTem:PROTection:LOCK command disables the fifty ohm impedance setting for all analog channels. Query Syntax :SYSTem:PROTection:LOCK? The :SYSTem:PROTection:LOCK? query returns the analog channel protection lock status.
25 :SYSTem Commands :SYSTem:RLOGger (see page 782) Command Syntax :SYSTem:RLOGger [,[,]] ::= {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} ::= quoted ASCII string ::= {CREate | APPend} The :SYSTem:RLOGger command enables or disables remote command logging, optionally specifying the log file name and write mode.
:SYSTem Commands 25 :SYSTem:RLOGger:DESTination (see page 782) Command Syntax :SYSTem:RLOGger:DESTination ::= {FILE | SCReen | BOTH} The :SYSTem:RLOGger:DESTination command specifies whether remote commands are logged to a text file (on a connected USB storage device), logged to the screen, or both. NOTE If the destination is changed while remote command logging is running, remote command logging is turned off.
25 :SYSTem Commands :SYSTem:RLOGger:DISPlay (see page 782) Command Syntax :SYSTem:RLOGger:DISPlay {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :SYSTem:RLOGger:DISPlay command enables or disables the screen display of logged remote commands and their return values (if applicable). Query Syntax :SYSTem:RLOGger:DISPlay? The :SYSTem:RLOGger:DISPlay? query returns whether the screen display for remote command logging is enabled or disabled.
:SYSTem Commands 25 :SYSTem:RLOGger:FNAMe (see page 782) Command Syntax :SYSTem:RLOGger:FNAMe ::= quoted ASCII string The :SYSTem:RLOGger:FNAMe command specifies the remote command log file name. Because log files are ASCII text files, the ".txt" extension is automatically added to the name specified. Query Syntax :SYSTem:RLOGger:FNAMe? The :SYSTem:RLOGger:FNAMe? query returns the remote command log file name.
25 :SYSTem Commands :SYSTem:RLOGger:STATe (see page 782) Command Syntax :SYSTem:RLOGger:STATe {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :SYSTem:RLOGger:STATe command enables or disables remote command logging. Query Syntax :SYSTem:RLOGger:STATe? The :SYSTem:RLOGger:STATe? query returns the remote command logging state.
:SYSTem Commands 25 :SYSTem:RLOGger:TRANsparent (see page 782) Command Syntax :SYSTem:RLOGger:TRANsparent {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :SYSTem:RLOGger:TRANsparent command specifies whether the screen display background for remote command logging is transparent or solid. Query Syntax :SYSTem:RLOGger:TRANsparent? The :SYSTem:RLOGger:TRANsparent? query returns the setting for transparent screen display background.
25 :SYSTem Commands :SYSTem:RLOGger:WMODe (see page 782) Command Syntax :SYSTem:RLOGger:WMODe ::= {CREate | APPend} The :SYSTem:RLOGger:WMODe command specifies the remote command logging write mode. Query Syntax :SYSTem:RLOGger:WMODe? The :SYSTem:RLOGger:WMODe? query returns the remote command logging write mode.
:SYSTem Commands 25 :SYSTem:SETup (see page 782) Command Syntax :SYSTem:SETup ::= binary block data in IEEE 488.2 # format. The :SYSTem:SETup command sets the oscilloscope as defined by the data in the setup (learn) string sent from the controller. The setup string does not change the interface mode or interface address. Query Syntax :SYSTem:SETup? The :SYSTem:SETup? query operates the same as the *LRN? query.
25 :SYSTem Commands ' Write setup string back to oscilloscope using ":SYSTEM:SETUP" ' command: myScope.
:SYSTem Commands 25 :SYSTem:TIME (see page 782) Command Syntax :SYSTem:TIME ::= hours,minutes,seconds in NR1 format The :SYSTem:TIME command sets the system time, using a 24-hour format. Commas are used as separators. Validity checking is performed to ensure that the time is valid. Query Syntax :SYSTem:TIME? The :SYSTem:TIME? query returns the current system time.
25 :SYSTem Commands 558 Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 26 :TIMebase Commands Control all horizontal sweep functions. See "Introduction to :TIMebase Commands" on page 560.
26 :TIMebase Commands Introduction to :TIMebase Commands The TIMebase subsystem commands control the horizontal (X-axis) functions and set the oscilloscope to X-Y mode (where channel 1 becomes the X input and channel 2 becomes the Y input). The time per division, delay, vernier control, and reference can be controlled for the main and window (zoomed) time bases. Reporting the Setup Use :TIMebase? to query setup information for the TIMebase subsystem.
26 :TIMebase Commands :TIMebase:MODE (see page 782) Command Syntax :TIMebase:MODE ::= {MAIN | WINDow | XY | ROLL} The :TIMebase:MODE command sets the current time base. There are four time base modes: Query Syntax • MAIN — The normal time base mode is the main time base. It is the default time base mode after the *RST (Reset) command.
26 :TIMebase Commands :TIMebase:POSition (see page 782) Command Syntax :TIMebase:POSition ::= time in seconds from the trigger to the display reference in NR3 format The :TIMebase:POSition command sets the time interval between the trigger event and the display reference point on the screen. The display reference point is either left, right, or center and is set with the :TIMebase:REFerence command. The maximum position value depends on the time/division settings.
:TIMebase Commands 26 :TIMebase:RANGe (see page 782) Command Syntax :TIMebase:RANGe ::= time for 10 div in seconds in NR3 format The :TIMebase:RANGe command sets the full-scale horizontal time in seconds for the main window. The range is 10 times the current time-per-division setting. Query Syntax :TIMebase:RANGe? The :TIMebase:RANGe query returns the current full-scale range value for the main window.
26 :TIMebase Commands :TIMebase:REFerence (see page 782) Command Syntax :TIMebase:REFerence ::= {LEFT | CENTer | RIGHt} The :TIMebase:REFerence command sets the time reference to one division from the left side of the screen, to the center of the screen, or to one division from the right side of the screen. Time reference is the point on the display where the trigger point is referenced.
:TIMebase Commands 26 :TIMebase:SCALe (see page 782) Command Syntax :TIMebase:SCALe ::= time/div in seconds in NR3 format The :TIMebase:SCALe command sets the horizontal scale or units per division for the main window. Query Syntax :TIMebase:SCALe? The :TIMebase:SCALe? query returns the current horizontal scale setting in seconds per division for the main window.
26 :TIMebase Commands :TIMebase:VERNier (see page 782) Command Syntax :TIMebase:VERNier ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF} The :TIMebase:VERNier command specifies whether the time base control's vernier (fine horizontal adjustment) setting is ON (1) or OFF (0). Query Syntax :TIMebase:VERNier? The :TIMebase:VERNier? query returns the current state of the time base control's vernier setting.
:TIMebase Commands 26 :TIMebase:WINDow:POSition (see page 782) Command Syntax :TIMebase:WINDow:POSition ::= time from the trigger event to the zoomed (delayed) view reference point in NR3 format The :TIMebase:WINDow:POSition command sets the horizontal position in the zoomed (delayed) view of the main sweep. The main sweep range and the main sweep horizontal position determine the range for this command.
26 :TIMebase Commands :TIMebase:WINDow:RANGe (see page 782) Command Syntax :TIMebase:WINDow:RANGe ::= range value in seconds in NR3 format The :TIMebase:WINDow:RANGe command sets the full-scale horizontal time in seconds for the zoomed (delayed) window. The range is 10 times the current zoomed view window seconds per division setting. The main sweep range determines the range for this command. The maximum value is one half of the :TIMebase:RANGe value.
:TIMebase Commands 26 :TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe (see page 782) Command Syntax :TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe ::= scale value in seconds in NR3 format The :TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe command sets the zoomed (delayed) window horizontal scale (seconds/division). The main sweep scale determines the range for this command. The maximum value is one half of the :TIMebase:SCALe value.
26 :TIMebase Commands 570 Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 27 :TRIGger Commands Control the trigger modes and parameters for each trigger type.
27 :TRIGger Commands • Pulse wid th triggering— (:TRIGger:GLITch commands) sets the oscilloscope to trigger on a positive pulse or on a negative pulse of a specified width. • Pattern triggering— identifies a trigger condition by looking for a specified pattern. This pattern is a logical AND combination of the channels. You can also trigger on a specified time duration of a pattern. • TV triggering— is used to capture the complicated waveforms of television equipment.
27 :TRIGger Commands General :TRIGger Commands Table 75 General :TRIGger Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:FORCe (see page 574) n/a n/a :TRIGger:HFReject {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 575) :TRIGger:HFReject? (see page 575) {0 | 1} :TRIGger:HOLDoff (see page 576) :TRIGger:HOLDoff? (see page 576) ::= 60 ns to 10 s in NR3 format :TRIGger:LEVel:ASETup (see page 577) n/a n/a :TRIGger:LEVel:HIGH , (see page 578) :
27 :TRIGger Commands :TRIGger:FORCe (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger:FORCe The :TRIGger:FORCe command causes an acquisition to be captured even though the trigger condition has not been met. This command is equivalent to the front panel [Force Trigger] key.
:TRIGger Commands 27 :TRIGger:HFReject (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger:HFReject ::= {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :TRIGger:HFReject command turns the high frequency reject filter off and on. The high frequency reject filter adds a 50 kHz low-pass filter in the trigger path to remove high frequency components from the trigger waveform. Use this filter to remove high-frequency noise, such as AM or FM broadcast stations, from the trigger path.
27 :TRIGger Commands :TRIGger:HOLDoff (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger:HOLDoff ::= 60 ns to 10 s in NR3 format The :TRIGger:HOLDoff command defines the holdoff time value in seconds. Holdoff keeps a trigger from occurring until after a certain amount of time has passed since the last trigger. This feature is valuable when a waveform crosses the trigger level multiple times during one period of the waveform.
:TRIGger Commands 27 :TRIGger:LEVel:ASETup (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger:LEVel:ASETup The :TRIGger:LEVel:ASETup command automatically sets the trigger levels of all displayed analog channels to their waveforms' 50% values. If AC coupling is used, the trigger levels are set to 0 V. When High and Low (dual) trigger levels are used (as with Rise/Fall Time and Runt triggers, for example), this command has no effect.
27 :TRIGger Commands :TRIGger:LEVel:HIGH (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger:LEVel:HIGH , ::= 0.75 x full-scale voltage from center screen in NR3 format for internal triggers ::= {CHANnel | EXTernal} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :TRIGger:LEVel:HIGH command sets the high trigger voltage level voltage for the specified source.
:TRIGger Commands 27 :TRIGger:LEVel:LOW (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger:LEVel:LOW , ::= 0.75 x full-scale voltage from center screen in NR3 format for internal triggers ::= {CHANnel | EXTernal} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :TRIGger:LEVel:LOW command sets the low trigger voltage level voltage for the specified source.
27 :TRIGger Commands :TRIGger:MODE (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger:MODE ::= {EDGE | GLITch | PATTern | SHOLd | TRANsition | TV | SBUS1} The :TRIGger:MODE command selects the trigger mode (trigger type). NOTE The PATTern, SHOLd, and TRANsition modes are available on the DSOX1000-Series oscilloscopes only. Query Syntax :TRIGger:MODE? The :TRIGger:MODE? query returns the current trigger mode. If the :TIMebase:MODE is ROLL or XY, the query returns "NONE".
:TRIGger Commands 27 :TRIGger:NREJect (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger:NREJect ::= {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :TRIGger:NREJect command turns the noise reject filter off and on. When the noise reject filter is on, the trigger circuitry is less sensitive to noise but may require a greater amplitude waveform to trigger the oscilloscope. This command is not valid in TV trigger mode.
27 :TRIGger Commands :TRIGger:SWEep (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger:SWEep ::= {AUTO | NORMal} The :TRIGger:SWEep command selects the trigger sweep mode. When AUTO sweep mode is selected, a baseline is displayed in the absence of a signal. If a signal is present but the oscilloscope is not triggered, the unsynchronized signal is displayed instead of a baseline.
27 :TRIGger Commands :TRIGger[:EDGE] Commands Table 76 :TRIGger[:EDGE] Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger[:EDGE]:COUPl ing {AC | DC | LFReject} (see page 584) :TRIGger[:EDGE]:COUPl ing? (see page 584) {AC | DC | LFReject} :TRIGger[:EDGE]:LEVel [,] (see page 585) :TRIGger[:EDGE]:LEVel ? [] (see page 585) For internal triggers, ::= .75 x full-scale voltage from center screen in NR3 format.
27 :TRIGger Commands :TRIGger[:EDGE]:COUPling (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger[:EDGE]:COUPling ::= {AC | DC | LFReject} The :TRIGger[:EDGE]:COUPling command sets the input coupling for the selected trigger sources. The coupling can be set to AC, DC, or LFReject. • AC coupling places a high-pass filter (10 Hz for analog channels, and 3.5 Hz for all External trigger inputs) in the trigger path, removing dc offset voltage from the trigger waveform.
:TRIGger Commands 27 :TRIGger[:EDGE]:LEVel (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger[:EDGE]:LEVel ::= [,] ::= 0.75 x full-scale voltage from center screen in NR3 format for internal triggers ::= ±(external range setting) in NR3 format for external triggers ::= {CHANnel | EXTernal} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :TRIGger[:EDGE]:LEVel command sets the trigger level voltage for the active trigger source.
27 :TRIGger Commands :TRIGger[:EDGE]:REJect (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger[:EDGE]:REJect ::= {OFF | LFReject | HFReject} The :TRIGger[:EDGE]:REJect command turns the low-frequency or high-frequency reject filter on or off. You can turn on one of these filters at a time. • The high frequency reject filter adds a 50 kHz low-pass filter in the trigger path to remove high frequency components from the trigger waveform.
:TRIGger Commands 27 :TRIGger[:EDGE]:SLOPe (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger[:EDGE]:SLOPe ::= {NEGative | POSitive | EITHer | ALTernate} The :TRIGger[:EDGE]:SLOPe command specifies the slope of the edge for the trigger. The SLOPe command is not valid in TV trigger mode. Instead, use :TRIGger:TV:POLarity to set the polarity in TV trigger mode. Query Syntax :TRIGger[:EDGE]:SLOPe? The :TRIGger[:EDGE]:SLOPe? query returns the current trigger slope.
27 :TRIGger Commands :TRIGger[:EDGE]:SOURce (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger[:EDGE]:SOURce ::= {CHANnel | EXTernal | LINE | WGEN} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :TRIGger[:EDGE]:SOURce command selects the input that produces the trigger. Query Syntax • EXTernal — triggers on the rear panel EXT TRIG IN signal. • LINE — triggers at the 50% level of the rising or falling edge of the AC power source signal.
27 :TRIGger Commands :TRIGger:GLITch Commands Table 77 :TRIGger:GLITch Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:GLITch:GREat erthan [s uffix] (see page 590) :TRIGger:GLITch:GREat erthan? (see page 590) ::= floating-point number in NR3 format :TRIGger:GLITch:LESSt han [suff ix] (see page 591) :TRIGger:GLITch:LESSt han? (see page 591) :TRIGger:GLITch:LEVel [] (see page 592) :TRIGger:GLITch:LEVel ? (see
27 :TRIGger Commands :TRIGger:GLITch:GREaterthan (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger:GLITch:GREaterthan [] ::= floating-point number in NR3 format ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps} The :TRIGger:GLITch:GREaterthan command sets the minimum pulse width duration for the selected :TRIGger:GLITch:SOURce. Query Syntax :TRIGger:GLITch:GREaterthan? The :TRIGger:GLITch:GREaterthan? query returns the minimum pulse width duration time for :TRIGger:GLITch:SOURce.
27 :TRIGger Commands :TRIGger:GLITch:LESSthan (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger:GLITch:LESSthan [] ::= floating-point number in NR3 format ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps} The :TRIGger:GLITch:LESSthan command sets the maximum pulse width duration for the selected :TRIGger:GLITch:SOURce. Query Syntax :TRIGger:GLITch:LESSthan? The :TRIGger:GLITch:LESSthan? query returns the pulse width duration time for :TRIGger:GLITch:SOURce.
27 :TRIGger Commands :TRIGger:GLITch:LEVel (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger:GLITch:LEVel ::= [, ] ::= .75 x full-scale voltage from center screen in NR3 format for internal triggers ::= ±(external range setting) in NR3 format for external triggers ::= {CHANnel | EXTernal} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :TRIGger:GLITch:LEVel command sets the trigger level voltage for the active pulse width trigger.
:TRIGger Commands 27 :TRIGger:GLITch:POLarity (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger:GLITch:POLarity ::= {POSitive | NEGative} The :TRIGger:GLITch:POLarity command sets the polarity for the glitch pulse width trigger. Query Syntax :TRIGger:GLITch:POLarity? The :TRIGger:GLITch:POLarity? query returns the glitch pulse width trigger polarity.
27 :TRIGger Commands :TRIGger:GLITch:QUALifier (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger:GLITch:QUALifier ::= {GREaterthan | LESSthan | RANGe} This command sets the mode of operation of the glitch pulse width trigger. The oscilloscope can trigger on a pulse width that is greater than a time value, less than a time value, or within a range of time values. Query Syntax :TRIGger:GLITch:QUALifier? The :TRIGger:GLITch:QUALifier? query returns the glitch pulse width qualifier.
:TRIGger Commands 27 :TRIGger:GLITch:RANGe (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger:GLITch:RANGe [suffix], [suffix] ::= (15 ns - 10 seconds) in NR3 format ::= (10 ns - 9.99 seconds) in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps} The :TRIGger:GLITch:RANGe command sets the pulse width duration for the selected :TRIGger:GLITch:SOURce.
27 :TRIGger Commands :TRIGger:GLITch:SOURce (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger:GLITch:SOURce ::= {DIGital | CHANnel} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :TRIGger:GLITch:SOURce command selects the channel that produces the pulse width trigger. Query Syntax :TRIGger:GLITch:SOURce? The :TRIGger:GLITch:SOURce? query returns the current pulse width source. If all channels are off, the query returns "NONE".
27 :TRIGger Commands :TRIGger:PATTern Commands NOTE Table 78 The :TRIGger:PATTern commands are available on the DSOX1000-Series oscilloscopes only. :TRIGger:PATTern Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:PATTern [,,] (see page 598) :TRIGger:PATTern? (see page 598) ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | R | F} when = ASCii ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..
27 :TRIGger Commands :TRIGger:PATTern (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger:PATTern ::= [,,] ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | R | F} when = ASCii ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..
27 :TRIGger Commands The :TRIGger:PATTern? query returns the pattern string, edge source, and edge.
27 :TRIGger Commands :TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat ::= {ASCii | HEX} The :TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat command sets the entry (and query) number base used by the :TRIGger:PATTern command. The default is ASCii. Query Syntax :TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat? The :TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat? query returns the currently set number base for pattern trigger patterns.
:TRIGger Commands 27 :TRIGger:PATTern:QUALifier (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger:PATTern:QUALifier ::= ENTered The :TRIGger:PATTern:QUALifier command qualifies when the trigger occurs. In the InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series oscilloscopes, the trigger always occurs when the pattern is entered. Query Syntax :TRIGger:PATTern:QUALifier? The :TRIGger:PATTern:QUALifier? query returns the trigger duration qualifier.
27 :TRIGger Commands :TRIGger:SHOLd Commands NOTE Table 79 The :TRIGger:SHOLd commands are available on the DSOX1000-Series oscilloscopes only.
:TRIGger Commands 27 :TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe ::= {NEGative | POSitive} The :TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe command specifies whether the rising edge or the falling edge of the clock signal is used. Query Syntax :TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe? The :TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe? query returns the current rising or falling edge setting.
27 :TRIGger Commands :TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce:CLOCk (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce:CLOCk ::= {CHANnel} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce:CLOCk command selects the input channel probing the clock signal. Query Syntax :TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce:CLOCk? The :TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce:CLOCk? query returns the currently set clock signal source.
27 :TRIGger Commands :TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce:DATA (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce:DATA ::= {CHANnel} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce:DATA command selects the input channel probing the data signal. Query Syntax :TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce:DATA? The :TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce:DATA? query returns the currently set data signal source.
27 :TRIGger Commands :TRIGger:SHOLd:TIME:HOLD (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger:SHOLd:TIME:HOLD [suffix] ::= floating-point number in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps} The :TRIGger:SHOLd:TIME:HOLD command sets the hold time. Query Syntax :TRIGger:SHOLd:TIME:HOLD? The :TRIGger:SHOLd:TIME:HOLD? query returns the currently specified hold time.
:TRIGger Commands 27 :TRIGger:SHOLd:TIME:SETup (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger:SHOLd:TIME:SETup [suffix] ::= floating-point number in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps} The :TRIGger:SHOLd:TIME:SETup command sets the setup time. Query Syntax :TRIGger:SHOLd:TIME:SETup? The :TRIGger:SHOLd:TIME:SETup? query returns the currently specified setup time.
27 :TRIGger Commands :TRIGger:TRANsition Commands NOTE The :TRIGger:TRANsition commands are available on the DSOX1000-Series oscilloscopes only. The :TRIGger:TRANsition commands set the rise/fall time trigger options.
:TRIGger Commands 27 :TRIGger:TRANsition:QUALifier (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger:TRANsition:QUALifier ::= {GREaterthan | LESSthan} The :TRIGger:TRANsition:QUALifier command specifies whether you are looking for rise/fall times greater than or less than a certain time value. The time value is set using the :TRIGger:TRANsition:TIME command.
27 :TRIGger Commands :TRIGger:TRANsition:SLOPe (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger:TRANsition:SLOPe ::= {NEGative | POSitive} The :TRIGger:TRANsition:SLOPe command specifies a POSitive rising edge or a NEGative falling edge. Query Syntax :TRIGger:TRANsition:SLOPe? The :TRIGger:TRANsition:SLOPe? query returns the current rise/fall time trigger slope setting.
:TRIGger Commands 27 :TRIGger:TRANsition:SOURce (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger:TRANsition:SOURce ::= {CHANnel} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :TRIGger:TRANsition:SOURce command selects the channel used to produce the trigger. Query Syntax :TRIGger:TRANsition:SOURce? The :TRIGger:TRANsition:SOURce? query returns the current transition trigger source.
27 :TRIGger Commands :TRIGger:TRANsition:TIME (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger:TRANsition:TIME [suffix] ::= floating-point number in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps} The :TRIGger:TRANsition:TIME command sets the time value for rise/fall time triggers. You also use the :TRIGger:TRANsition:QUALifier command to specify whether you are triggering on times greater than or less than this time value.
27 :TRIGger Commands :TRIGger:TV Commands Table 81 :TRIGger:TV Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:TV:LINE (see page 614) :TRIGger:TV:LINE? (see page 614) ::= integer in NR1 format :TRIGger:TV:MODE (see page 615) :TRIGger:TV:MODE? (see page 615) ::= {FIEld1 | FIEld2 | AFIelds | ALINes | LFIeld1 | LFIeld2 | LALTernate} :TRIGger:TV:POLarity (see page 616) :TRIGger:TV:POLarity? (see page 616) ::=
27 :TRIGger Commands :TRIGger:TV:LINE (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger:TV:LINE ::= integer in NR1 format The :TRIGger:TV:LINE command allows triggering on a specific line of video. The line number limits vary with the standard and mode, as shown in the following table.
:TRIGger Commands 27 :TRIGger:TV:MODE (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger:TV:MODE ::= {FIEld1 | FIEld2 | AFIelds | ALINes | LFIeld1 | LFIeld2 | LALTernate} The :TRIGger:TV:MODE command selects the TV trigger mode and field.
27 :TRIGger Commands :TRIGger:TV:POLarity (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger:TV:POLarity ::= {POSitive | NEGative} The :TRIGger:TV:POLarity command sets the polarity for the TV trigger. Query Syntax :TRIGger:TV:POLarity? The :TRIGger:TV:POLarity? query returns the TV trigger polarity.
:TRIGger Commands 27 :TRIGger:TV:SOURce (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger:TV:SOURce ::= {CHANnel} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :TRIGger:TV:SOURce command selects the channel used to produce the trigger. Query Syntax :TRIGger:TV:SOURce? The :TRIGger:TV:SOURce? query returns the current TV trigger source.
27 :TRIGger Commands :TRIGger:TV:STANdard (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger:TV:STANdard ::= {NTSC | PALM | PAL | SECam} The :TRIGger:TV:STANdard command selects the video standard: Query Syntax • NTSC • PAL • PAL-M • SECAM :TRIGger:TV:STANdard? The :TRIGger:TV:STANdard? query returns the current TV trigger standard setting.
Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 28 :WAVeform Commands Provide access to waveform data. See "Introduction to :WAVeform Commands" on page 621.
28 :WAVeform Commands Table 83 :WAVeform Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :WAVeform:POINts:MODE (see page 633) :WAVeform:POINts:MODE ? (see page 633) ::= {NORMal | MAXimum | RAW} n/a :WAVeform:PREamble? (see page 635) ::= , ,,, , , ,, , ::= an integer in NR1 format: • 0 for
28 :WAVeform Commands Table 83 :WAVeform Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :WAVeform:VIEW (see page 647) :WAVeform:VIEW? (see page 647) ::= {MAIN} n/a :WAVeform:XINCrement? (see page 648) ::= x-increment in the current preamble in NR3 format n/a :WAVeform:XORigin? (see page 649) ::= x-origin value in the current preamble in NR3 format n/a :WAVeform:XREFerence? (see page 650) ::= 0 (x-reference val
28 :WAVeform Commands There are four types of waveform acquisitions that can be selected for analog channels with the :ACQuire:TYPE command (see page 187): NORMal, AVERage, PEAK, and HRESolution. When the data is acquired using the :DIGitize command (see page 143) or :RUN command (see page 158), the data is placed in the channel buffer of the specified source. Once you have acquired data with the :DIGitize command, the instrument is stopped.
:WAVeform Commands 28 next-to-last time bucket on the right side of the screen. Time buckets without data return 0. The time values for each data point correspond to the position of the data point in the data array. These time values are not transmitted. AVERage Data AVERage data consists of the average of the first n hits in a time bucket, where n is the value returned by the :ACQuire:COUNt query (see page 178). Time buckets that have fewer than n hits return the average of the data they do have.
28 :WAVeform Commands If the :WAVeform:FORMat data format is ASCii (see page 630), the data values are converted internally and sent as floating point values separated by commas. In converting a data value to time, the time value of a data point can be determined by the position of the data point.
:WAVeform Commands 28 WORD format (see ":WAVeform:FORMat" on page 630) provides 16-bit access to the waveform data. In the WORD format, the number of data bytes is twice the number of data points. The number of data points is the value returned by the :WAVeform:POINts? query (see page 631). If the data intrinsically has less than 16 bits of resolution, the data is left-shifted to provide 16 bits of resolution and the least significant bits are set to 0.
28 :WAVeform Commands :WAVeform:BYTeorder (see page 782) Command Syntax :WAVeform:BYTeorder ::= {LSBFirst | MSBFirst} The :WAVeform:BYTeorder command sets the output sequence of the WORD data. • MSBFirst — sets the most significant byte to be transmitted first. • LSBFirst — sets the least significant byte to be transmitted first. This command affects the transmitting sequence only when :WAVeform:FORMat WORD is selected. The default setting is MSBFirst.
:WAVeform Commands 28 :WAVeform:COUNt (see page 782) Query Syntax :WAVeform:COUNt? The :WAVeform:COUNT? query returns the count used to acquire the current waveform. This may differ from current values if the unit has been stopped and its configuration modified. For all acquisition types except average, this value is 1.
28 :WAVeform Commands :WAVeform:DATA (see page 782) Query Syntax :WAVeform:DATA? The :WAVeform:DATA query returns the binary block of sampled data points transmitted using the IEEE 488.2 arbitrary block data format. The binary data is formatted according to the settings of the :WAVeform:UNSigned, :WAVeform:BYTeorder, :WAVeform:FORMat, and :WAVeform:SOURce commands. The number of points returned is controlled by the :WAVeform:POINts command.
:WAVeform Commands 28 ' = #800001000 (This is an example header) ' The "#8" may be stripped off of the header and the remaining ' numbers are the size, in bytes, of the waveform data block. The ' size can vary depending on the number of points acquired for the ' waveform. You can then read that number of bytes from the ' oscilloscope and the terminating NL character. ' Dim lngI As Long Dim lngDataValue As Long varQueryResult = myScope.ReadIEEEBlock(BinaryType_UI1) ' Unsigned integer bytes.
28 :WAVeform Commands :WAVeform:FORMat (see page 782) Command Syntax :WAVeform:FORMat ::= {WORD | BYTE | ASCii} The :WAVeform:FORMat command sets the data transmission mode for waveform data points. This command controls how the data is formatted when sent from the oscilloscope. • ASCii formatted data converts the internal integer data values to real Y-axis values. Values are transferred as ASCii digits in floating point notation, separated by commas.
28 :WAVeform Commands :WAVeform:POINts (see page 782) Command Syntax :WAVeform:POINts <# points> <# points> ::= {100 | 250 | 500 | 1000 | } if waveform points mode is NORMal <# points> ::= {100 | 250 | 500 | 1000 | 2000 | 5000 | 10000 | 20000 | 50000 | 100000 | 200000 | 500000 | 1000000 | } if waveform points mode is MAXimum or RAW ::= {NORMal | MAXimum | RAW} NOTE The option is deprecated. Use the :WAVeform:POINts:MODE command instead.
28 :WAVeform Commands See Also Example Code • "Introduction to :WAVeform Commands" on page 621 • ":ACQuire:POINts" on page 180 • ":WAVeform:DATA" on page 628 • ":WAVeform:SOURce" on page 640 • ":WAVeform:VIEW" on page 647 • ":WAVeform:PREamble" on page 635 • ":WAVeform:POINts:MODE" on page 633 ' WAVE_POINTS - Specifies the number of points to be transferred ' using the ":WAVeform:DATA?" query. myScope.
:WAVeform Commands 28 :WAVeform:POINts:MODE (see page 782) Command Syntax :WAVeform:POINts:MODE ::= {NORMal | MAXimum | RAW} The :WAVeform:POINts:MODE command sets the data record to be transferred with the :WAVeform:DATA? query. For the analog sources, there are two different records that can be transferred: • The first is the raw acquisition record. The maximum number of points available in this record is returned by the :ACQuire:POINts? query.
28 :WAVeform Commands ::= {NORMal | MAXimum | RAW} See Also 634 • "Introduction to :WAVeform Commands" on page 621 • ":WAVeform:DATA" on page 628 • ":ACQuire:POINts" on page 180 • ":WAVeform:VIEW" on page 647 • ":WAVeform:PREamble" on page 635 • ":WAVeform:POINts" on page 631 • ":TIMebase:MODE" on page 561 • ":ACQuire:TYPE" on page 187 • ":ACQuire:COUNt" on page 178 Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:WAVeform Commands 28 :WAVeform:PREamble (see page 782) Query Syntax :WAVeform:PREamble? The :WAVeform:PREamble query requests the preamble information for the selected waveform source. The preamble data contains information concerning the vertical and horizontal scaling of the data of the corresponding channel.
28 :WAVeform Commands Example Code • ":DIGitize" on page 143 • ":WAVeform:COUNt" on page 627 • ":WAVeform:DATA" on page 628 • ":WAVeform:FORMat" on page 630 • ":WAVeform:POINts" on page 631 • ":WAVeform:TYPE" on page 645 • ":WAVeform:XINCrement" on page 648 • ":WAVeform:XORigin" on page 649 • ":WAVeform:XREFerence" on page 650 • ":WAVeform:YINCrement" on page 651 • ":WAVeform:YORigin" on page 652 • ":WAVeform:YREFerence" on page 653 ' GET_PREAMBLE - The preamble block contains all o
:WAVeform Commands 28 sngYIncrement = Preamble(7) sngYOrigin = Preamble(8) lngYReference = Preamble(9) See complete example programs at: Chapter 36, “Programming Examples,” starting on page 791 Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 637
28 :WAVeform Commands :WAVeform:SEGMented:COUNt (see page 782) Query Syntax :WAVeform:SEGMented:COUNt? NOTE Segmented memory is available on the DSOX1000-Series oscilloscope models that have the SGM license. The :WAVeform:SEGMented:COUNt query returns the number of memory segments in the acquired data. You can use the :WAVeform:SEGMented:COUNt? query while segments are being acquired (although :DIGitize blocks subsequent queries until the full segmented acquisition is complete).
:WAVeform Commands 28 :WAVeform:SEGMented:TTAG (see page 782) Query Syntax :WAVeform:SEGMented:TTAG? NOTE Segmented memory is available on the DSOX1000-Series oscilloscope models that have the SGM license. The :WAVeform:SEGMented:TTAG? query returns the time tag of the currently selected segmented memory index. The index is selected using the :ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex command.
28 :WAVeform Commands :WAVeform:SOURce (see page 782) Command Syntax :WAVeform:SOURce ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH | FFT | WMEMory | ABUS | EXT} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format ::= {1 | 2} The :WAVeform:SOURce command selects the analog channel, function, or reference waveform to be used as the source for the :WAVeform commands. Function capabilities include add, subtract, multiply, and FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) operations.
:WAVeform Commands 28 ' WAVE_POINTS - Specifies the number of points to be transferred ' using the ":WAVEFORM:DATA?" query. myScope.WriteString ":WAVEFORM:POINTS 1000" ' WAVE_FORMAT - Sets the data transmission mode for the waveform ' data output. This command controls whether data is formatted in ' a word or byte format when sent from the oscilloscope. Dim lngVSteps As Long Dim intBytesPerData As Integer ' Data in range 0 to 65535. myScope.
28 :WAVeform Commands sngYIncrement = Preamble(7) sngYOrigin = Preamble(8) lngYReference = Preamble(9) strOutput = "" 'strOutput = strOutput + "Format = " + CStr(intFormat) + vbCrLf 'strOutput = strOutput + "Type = " + CStr(intType) + vbCrLf 'strOutput = strOutput + "Points = " + CStr(lngPoints) + vbCrLf 'strOutput = strOutput + "Count = " + CStr(lngCount) + vbCrLf 'strOutput = strOutput + "X increment = " + _ ' FormatNumber(dblXIncrement * 1000000) + " us" + vbCrLf 'strOutput = strOutput + "X origin = " +
:WAVeform Commands 28 For lngI = 0 To UBound(varQueryResult) _ Step (UBound(varQueryResult) / 20) ' 20 points. If intBytesPerData = 2 Then lngDataValue = varQueryResult(lngI) * 256 _ + varQueryResult(lngI + 1) ' 16-bit value. Else lngDataValue = varQueryResult(lngI) ' 8-bit value.
28 :WAVeform Commands :WAVeform:SOURce:SUBSource (see page 782) Command Syntax :WAVeform:SOURce:SUBSource ::= {{SUB0 | RX | MOSI} | {SUB1 | TX | MISO}} If the :WAVeform:SOURce is SBUS (serial decode), more than one data set may be available, and this command lets you choose from the available data sets. When using UART serial decode, this option lets you get "TX" data. (TX is an alias for SUB1.) The default, SUB0, specifies "RX" data. (RX is an alias for SUB0.
:WAVeform Commands 28 :WAVeform:TYPE (see page 782) Query Syntax :WAVeform:TYPE? The :WAVeform:TYPE? query returns the acquisition mode associated with the currently selected waveform. The acquisition mode is set by the :ACQuire:TYPE command. Return Format ::= {NORM | PEAK | AVER | HRES} NOTE See Also If the :WAVeform:SOURce is POD1 or POD2, the type is always NORM.
28 :WAVeform Commands :WAVeform:UNSigned (see page 782) Command Syntax :WAVeform:UNSigned ::= {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :WAVeform:UNSigned command turns unsigned mode on or off for the currently selected waveform. Use the WAVeform:UNSigned command to control whether data values are sent as unsigned or signed integers. This command can be used to match the instrument's internal data type to the data type used by the programming language.
:WAVeform Commands 28 :WAVeform:VIEW (see page 782) Command Syntax :WAVeform:VIEW ::= {MAIN} The :WAVeform:VIEW command sets the view setting associated with the currently selected waveform. Currently, the only legal value for the view setting is MAIN. Query Syntax :WAVeform:VIEW? The :WAVeform:VIEW? query returns the view setting associated with the currently selected waveform.
28 :WAVeform Commands :WAVeform:XINCrement (see page 782) Query Syntax :WAVeform:XINCrement? The :WAVeform:XINCrement? query returns the x-increment value for the currently specified source. This value is the time difference between consecutive data points in seconds.
28 :WAVeform Commands :WAVeform:XORigin (see page 782) Query Syntax :WAVeform:XORigin? The :WAVeform:XORigin? query returns the x-origin value for the currently specified source. XORigin is the X-axis value of the data point specified by the :WAVeform:XREFerence value. In this product, that is always the X-axis value of the first data point (XREFerence = 0).
28 :WAVeform Commands :WAVeform:XREFerence (see page 782) Query Syntax :WAVeform:XREFerence? The :WAVeform:XREFerence? query returns the x-reference value for the currently specified source. This value specifies the index of the data point associated with the x-origin data value. In this product, the x-reference point is the first point displayed and XREFerence is always 0.
:WAVeform Commands 28 :WAVeform:YINCrement (see page 782) Query Syntax :WAVeform:YINCrement? The :WAVeform:YINCrement? query returns the y-increment value in volts for the currently specified source. This value is the voltage difference between consecutive data values.
28 :WAVeform Commands :WAVeform:YORigin (see page 782) Query Syntax :WAVeform:YORigin? The :WAVeform:YORigin? query returns the y-origin value for the currently specified source. This value is the Y-axis value of the data value specified by the :WAVeform:YREFerence value. For this product, this is the Y-axis value of the center of the screen.
:WAVeform Commands 28 :WAVeform:YREFerence (see page 782) Query Syntax :WAVeform:YREFerence? The :WAVeform:YREFerence? query returns the y-reference value for the currently specified source. This value specifies the data point value where the y-origin occurs. In this product, this is the data point value of the center of the screen. It is undefined if the format is ASCii.
28 :WAVeform Commands 654 Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 29 :WGEN Commands On G-suffix oscilloscope models, a waveform generator is built into the oscilloscope. You can use the waveform generator to output sine, square, ramp, pulse, DC, and noise waveforms. The :WGEN commands are used to select the waveform function and parameters. See "Introduction to :WGEN Commands" on page 657.
29 :WGEN Commands Table 84 :WGEN Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :WGEN:MODulation:FM:F REQuency (see page 668) :WGEN:MODulation:FM:F REQuency? (see page 668) ::= modulating waveform frequency in Hz in NR3 format :WGEN:MODulation:FSKe y:FREQuency (see page 669) :WGEN:MODulation:FSKe y:FREQuency? (see page 669) ::= hop frequency in Hz in NR3 format :WGEN:MODulation:FSKe y:RATE (see page 670) :WGEN:MODulation
29 :WGEN Commands Table 84 :WGEN Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :WGEN:VOLTage:HIGH (see page 683) :WGEN:VOLTage:HIGH? (see page 683) ::= high-level voltage in volts, in NR3 format :WGEN:VOLTage:LOW (see page 684) :WGEN:VOLTage:LOW? (see page 684) ::= low-level voltage in volts, in NR3 format :WGEN:VOLTage:OFFSet (see page 685) :WGEN:VOLTage:OFFSet? (see page 685) ::= offset in volts in NR3 format Introduction t
29 :WGEN Commands :WGEN:FREQuency (see page 782) Command Syntax :WGEN:FREQuency ::= frequency in Hz in NR3 format For all waveforms except Noise and DC, the :WGEN:FREQuency command specifies the frequency of the waveform. You can also specify the frequency indirectly using the :WGEN:PERiod command. Query Syntax :WGEN:FREQuency? The :WGEN:FREQuency? query returns the currently set waveform generator frequency.
:WGEN Commands 29 :WGEN:FUNCtion (see page 782) Command Syntax :WGEN:FUNCtion ::= {SINusoid | SQUare | RAMP | PULSe | NOISe | DC} The :WGEN:FUNCtion command selects the type of waveform: Waveform Type Characteristics SINusoid Use these commands to set the sine signal parameters: • ":WGEN:FREQuency" on page 658 • ":WGEN:PERiod" on page 680 • ":WGEN:VOLTage" on page 682 • ":WGEN:VOLTage:OFFSet" on page 685 • ":WGEN:VOLTage:HIGH" on page 683 • ":WGEN:VOLTage:LOW" on page 684 The frequ
29 :WGEN Commands Waveform Type Characteristics RAMP Use these commands to set the ramp signal parameters: • ":WGEN:FREQuency" on page 658 • ":WGEN:PERiod" on page 680 • ":WGEN:VOLTage" on page 682 • ":WGEN:VOLTage:OFFSet" on page 685 • ":WGEN:VOLTage:HIGH" on page 683 • ":WGEN:VOLTage:LOW" on page 684 • ":WGEN:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry" on page 663 The frequency can be adjusted from 100 mHz to 100 kHz.
:WGEN Commands See Also • 29 "Introduction to :WGEN Commands" on page 657 Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 661
29 :WGEN Commands :WGEN:FUNCtion:PULSe:WIDTh (see page 782) Command Syntax :WGEN:FUNCtion:PULSe:WIDTh ::= pulse width in seconds in NR3 format For Pulse waveforms, the :WGEN:FUNCtion:PULSe:WIDTh command specifies the width of the pulse. The pulse width can be adjusted from 20 ns to the period minus 20 ns. Query Syntax :WGEN:FUNCtion:PULSe:WIDTh? The :WGEN:FUNCtion:PULSe:WIDTh? query returns the currently set pulse width.
:WGEN Commands 29 :WGEN:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry (see page 782) Command Syntax :WGEN:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry ::= symmetry percentage from 0% to 100% in NR1 format For Ramp waveforms, the :WGEN:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry command specifies the symmetry of the waveform. Symmetry represents the amount of time per cycle that the ramp waveform is rising. Query Syntax :WGEN:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry? The :WGEN:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry? query returns the currently set ramp symmetry.
29 :WGEN Commands :WGEN:FUNCtion:SQUare:DCYCle (see page 782) Command Syntax :WGEN:FUNCtion:SQUare:DCYCle ::= duty cycle percentage from 20% to 80% in NR1 format For Square waveforms, the :WGEN:FUNCtion:SQUare:DCYCle command specifies the square wave duty cycle. Duty cycle is the percentage of the period that the waveform is high. Query Syntax :WGEN:FUNCtion:SQUare:DCYCle? The :WGEN:FUNCtion:SQUare:DCYCle? query returns the currently set square wave duty cycle.
:WGEN Commands 29 :WGEN:MODulation:AM:DEPTh (see page 782) Command Syntax :WGEN:MODulation:AM:DEPTh ::= AM depth percentage from 0% to 100% in NR1 format The :WGEN:MODulation:AM:DEPTh command specifies the amount of amplitude modulation. AM Depth refers to the portion of the amplitude range that will be used by the modulation.
29 :WGEN Commands :WGEN:MODulation:AM:FREQuency (see page 782) Command Syntax :WGEN:MODulation:AM:FREQuency ::= modulating waveform frequency in Hz in NR3 format The :WGEN:MODulation:AM:FREQuency command specifies the frequency of the modulating signal. Query Syntax :WGEN:MODulation:AM:FREQuency? The :WGEN:MODulation:AM:FREQuency? query returns the frequency of the modulating signal.
:WGEN Commands 29 :WGEN:MODulation:FM:DEViation (see page 782) Command Syntax :WGEN:MODulation:FM:DEViation ::= frequency deviation in Hz in NR3 format The :WGEN:MODulation:FM:DEViation command specifies the frequency deviation from the original carrier signal frequency.
29 :WGEN Commands :WGEN:MODulation:FM:FREQuency (see page 782) Command Syntax :WGEN:MODulation:FM:FREQuency ::= modulating waveform frequency in Hz in NR3 format The :WGEN:MODulation:FM:FREQuency command specifies the frequency of the modulating signal. Query Syntax :WGEN:MODulation:FM:FREQuency? The :WGEN:MODulation:FM:FREQuency? query returns the frequency of the modulating signal.
:WGEN Commands 29 :WGEN:MODulation:FSKey:FREQuency (see page 782) Command Syntax :WGEN:MODulation:FSKey:FREQuency ::= hop frequency in Hz in NR3 format The :WGEN:MODulation:FSKey:FREQuency command specifies the "hop frequency". The output frequency "shifts" between the original carrier frequency and this "hop frequency". Query Syntax :WGEN:MODulation:FSKey:FREQuency? The :WGEN:MODulation:FSKey:FREQuency? query returns the "hop frequency" setting.
29 :WGEN Commands :WGEN:MODulation:FSKey:RATE (see page 782) Command Syntax :WGEN:MODulation:FSKey:RATE ::= FSK modulation rate in Hz in NR3 format The :WGEN:MODulation:FSKey:RATE command specifies the rate at which the output frequency "shifts". The FSK rate specifies a digital square wave modulating signal. Query Syntax :WGEN:MODulation:FSKey:RATE? The :WGEN:MODulation:FSKey:RATE? query returns the FSK rate setting.
:WGEN Commands 29 :WGEN:MODulation:FUNCtion (see page 782) Command Syntax :WGEN:MODulation:FUNCtion ::= {SINusoid | SQUare| RAMP} The :WGEN:MODulation:FUNCtion command specifies the shape of the modulating signal. When the RAMP shape is selected, you can specify the amount of time per cycle that the ramp waveform is rising with the :WGEN:MODulation:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry command. This command applies to AM and FM modulation. (The FSK modulation signal is a square wave shape.
29 :WGEN Commands :WGEN:MODulation:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry (see page 782) Command Syntax :WGEN:MODulation:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry ::= symmetry percentage from 0% to 100% in NR1 format The :WGEN:MODulation:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry command specifies the amount of time per cycle that the ramp waveform is rising. The ramp modulating waveform shape is specified with the :WGEN:MODulation:FUNCtion command.
:WGEN Commands 29 :WGEN:MODulation:NOISe (see page 782) Command Syntax :WGEN:MODulation:NOISe ::= 0 to 100 The :WGEN:MODulation:NOISe command adds noise to the currently selected signal. The sum of the amplitude between the original signal and injected noise is limited to the regular amplitude limit (for example, 5 Vpp in 1 MOhm), so the range for varies according to current amplitude.
29 :WGEN Commands :WGEN:MODulation:STATe (see page 782) Command Syntax :WGEN:MODulation:STATe ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} The :WGEN:MODulation:STATe command enables or disables modulated waveform generator output. You can enable modulation for all waveform generator function types except pulse, DC, and noise. Query Syntax :WGEN:MODulation:STATe? The :WGEN:MODulation:STATe? query returns whether the modulated waveform generator output is enabled of disabled.
:WGEN Commands 29 :WGEN:MODulation:TYPE (see page 782) Command Syntax :WGEN:MODulation:TYPE ::= {AM | FM | FSK} The :WGEN:MODulation:TYPE command selects the modulation type: • AM (amplitude modulation) — the amplitude of the original carrier signal is modified according to the amplitude of the modulating signal. Use the :WGEN:MODulation:AM:FREQuency command to set the modulating signal frequency. Use the :WGEN:MODulation:AM:DEPTh command to specify the amount of amplitude modulation.
29 :WGEN Commands 676 • ":WGEN:MODulation:FSKey:RATE" on page 670 • ":WGEN:MODulation:FUNCtion" on page 671 • ":WGEN:MODulation:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry" on page 672 • ":WGEN:MODulation:STATe" on page 674 Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
29 :WGEN Commands :WGEN:OUTPut (see page 782) Command Syntax :WGEN:OUTPut ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF} The :WGEN:OUTPut command specifies whether the waveform generator signal output is ON (1) or OFF (0). Query Syntax :WGEN:OUTPut? The :WGEN:OUTPut? query returns the current state of the waveform generator output setting.
29 :WGEN Commands :WGEN:OUTPut:LOAD (see page 782) Command Syntax :WGEN:OUTPut:LOAD ::= {ONEMeg | FIFTy} The :WGEN:OUTPut:LOAD command selects the expected output load impedance. The output impedance of the Gen Out BNC is fixed at 50 ohms. However, the output load selection lets the waveform generator display the correct amplitude and offset levels for the expected output load.
:WGEN Commands 29 :WGEN:OUTPut:POLarity (see page 782) Command Syntax :WGEN:OUTPut:POLarity ::= {NORMal | INVerted} The :WGEN:OUTPut:POLarity command specifies whether the waveform generator output is inverted.. Query Syntax :WGEN:OUTPut:POLarity? The :WGEN:OUTPut:POLarity? query returns the specified output polarity.
29 :WGEN Commands :WGEN:PERiod (see page 782) Command Syntax :WGEN:PERiod ::= period in seconds in NR3 format For all waveforms except Noise and DC, the :WGEN:PERiod command specifies the period of the waveform. You can also specify the period indirectly using the :WGEN:FREQuency command. Query Syntax :WGEN:PERiod? The :WGEN:PERiod? query returns the currently set waveform generator period.
:WGEN Commands 29 :WGEN:RST (see page 782) Command Syntax :WGEN:RST The :WGEN:RST command restores the waveform generator factory default settings (1 kHz sine wave, 500 mVpp, 0 V offset).
29 :WGEN Commands :WGEN:VOLTage (see page 782) Command Syntax :WGEN:VOLTage ::= amplitude in volts in NR3 format For all waveforms except DC, the :WGEN:VOLTage command specifies the waveform's amplitude. Use the :WGEN:VOLTage:OFFSet command to specify the offset voltage or DC level. You can also specify the amplitude and offset indirectly using the :WGEN:VOLTage:HIGH and :WGEN:VOLTage:LOW commands.
:WGEN Commands 29 :WGEN:VOLTage:HIGH (see page 782) Command Syntax :WGEN:VOLTage:HIGH ::= high-level voltage in volts, in NR3 format For all waveforms except DC, the :WGEN:VOLTage:HIGH command specifies the waveform's high-level voltage. Use the :WGEN:VOLTage:LOW command to specify the low-level voltage. You can also specify the high-level and low-level voltages indirectly using the :WGEN:VOLTage and :WGEN:VOLTage:OFFSet commands.
29 :WGEN Commands :WGEN:VOLTage:LOW (see page 782) Command Syntax :WGEN:VOLTage:LOW ::= low-level voltage in volts, in NR3 format For all waveforms except DC, the :WGEN:VOLTage:LOW command specifies the waveform's low-level voltage. Use the :WGEN:VOLTage:HIGH command to specify the high-level voltage. You can also specify the high-level and low-level voltages indirectly using the :WGEN:VOLTage and :WGEN:VOLTage:OFFSet commands.
:WGEN Commands 29 :WGEN:VOLTage:OFFSet (see page 782) Command Syntax :WGEN:VOLTage:OFFSet ::= offset in volts in NR3 format The :WGEN:VOLTage:OFFSet command specifies the waveform's offset voltage or the DC level. Use the :WGEN:VOLTage command to specify the amplitude. You can also specify the amplitude and offset indirectly using the :WGEN:VOLTage:HIGH and :WGEN:VOLTage:LOW commands.
29 :WGEN Commands 686 Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 30 :WMEMory Commands Control reference waveforms.
30 :WMEMory Commands Table 85 :WMEMory Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :WMEMory:YRANge [suffix] (see page 695) :WMEMory:YRANge? (see page 695) ::= 1-2 in NR1 format ::= vertical full-scale range value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {V | mV} :WMEMory:YSCale [suffix] (see page 696) :WMEMory:YSCale? (see page 696) ::= 1-2 in NR1 format ::= vertical units per division value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {V | mV} 68
:WMEMory Commands 30 :WMEMory:CLEar (see page 782) Command Syntax :WMEMory:CLEar ::= 1-2 in NR1 format The :WMEMory:CLEar command clears the specified reference waveform location.
30 :WMEMory Commands :WMEMory:DISPlay (see page 782) Command Syntax :WMEMory:DISPlay ::= 1-2 in NR1 format ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :WMEMory:DISPlay command turns the display of the specified reference waveform on or off. There are two reference waveform locations, but only one reference waveform can be displayed at a time. That means, if :WMEMory1:DISPlay is ON, sending the :WMEMory2:DISPlay ON command will automatically set :WMEMory1:DISPlay OFF.
:WMEMory Commands 30 :WMEMory:LABel (see page 782) Command Syntax :WMEMory:LABel ::= 1-2 in NR1 format ::= quoted ASCII string NOTE Label strings are 10 characters or less, and may contain any commonly used ASCII characters. Labels with more than 10 characters are truncated to 10 characters. Lower case characters are converted to upper case. The :WMEMory:LABel command sets the reference waveform label to the string that follows.
30 :WMEMory Commands :WMEMory:SAVE (see page 782) Command Syntax :WMEMory:SAVE ::= 1-2 in NR1 format ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :WMEMory:SAVE command copies the analog channel or math function waveform to the specified reference waveform location. NOTE See Also 692 Only ADD or SUBtract math operations can be saved as reference waveforms.
:WMEMory Commands 30 :WMEMory:SKEW (see page 782) Command Syntax :WMEMory:SKEW ::= 1-2 in NR1 format ::= time in seconds in NR3 format The :WMEMory:SKEW command sets the skew factor for the specified reference waveform. Query Syntax :WMEMory:SKEW? The :WMEMory:SKEW? query returns the current skew setting for the selected reference waveform.
30 :WMEMory Commands :WMEMory:YOFFset (see page 782) Command Syntax :WMEMory:YOFFset [] ::= 1-2 in NR1 format ::= vertical offset value in NR3 format ::= {V | mV} The :WMEMory:YOFFset command sets the value that is represented at center screen for the selected reference waveform. The range of legal values varies with the value set by the :WMEMory:YRANge or :WMEMory:YSCale commands.
:WMEMory Commands 30 :WMEMory:YRANge (see page 782) Command Syntax :WMEMory:YRANge [] ::= 1-2 in NR1 format ::= vertical full-scale range value in NR3 format ::= {V | mV} The :WMEMory:YRANge command defines the full-scale vertical axis of the selected reference waveform. Legal values for the range are copied from the original source waveform (that is, the analog channel or math function waveform that was originally saved as a reference waveform).
30 :WMEMory Commands :WMEMory:YSCale (see page 782) Command Syntax :WMEMory:YSCale [] ::= 1-2 in NR1 format ::= vertical units per division in NR3 format ::= {V | mV} The :WMEMory:YSCale command sets the vertical scale, or units per division, of the selected reference waveform. Legal values for the scale are copied from the original source waveform (that is, the analog channel or math function waveform that was originally saved as a reference waveform).
Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 31 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands Obsolete commands are older forms of commands that are provided to reduce customer rework for existing systems and programs (see"Obsolete Commands" on page 782).
31 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands Obsolete Command Current Command Equivalent Behavior Differences :DISPlay:CONNect (see page 706) :DISPlay:VECTors (see page 238) :ERASe (see page 707) :DISplay:CLEar (see page 231) :EXTernal:PMODe (see page 708) none FUNCtion1, FUNCtion2 :FUNCtion Commands (see page 287) ADD not included :FUNCtion:SOURce (see page 709) :FUNCtion:SOURce1 (see page 306) Obsolete command has ADD, SUBTract, and MULTiply parameters; current command has GOFT parameter.
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands Obsolete Command Current Command Equivalent :MEASure:TSTArt (see page 722) :MARKer:X1Position (see page 325) :MEASure:TSTOp (see page 723) :MARKer:X2Position (see page 327) :MEASure:TVOLt (see page 724) :MEASure:TVALue (see page 375) TVALue measures additional values such as db, Vs, etc.
31 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands Discontinued Commands 700 Obsolete Command Current Command Equivalent Behavior Differences :TIMebase:DELay (see page 740) :TIMebase:POSition (see page 562) or :TIMebase:WINDow:POSition (see page 567) TIMebase:POSition is position value of main time base; TIMebase:WINDow:POSition is position value of zoomed (delayed) time base window.
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands Discontinued Command Current Command Equivalent Comments HARDcopy:ADDRess none Only parallel printer port is supported.
31 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands :CHANnel:LABel (see page 782) Command Syntax :CHANnel:LABel ::= {CHANnel1 | CHANnel2} ::= quoted ASCII string The :CHANnel:LABel command sets the source text to the string that follows. Setting a channel will also result in the name being added to the label list. NOTE The :CHANnel:LABel command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to previous oscilloscopes. Use the :CHANnel:LABel command (see page 208).
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands 31 :CHANnel2:SKEW (see page 782) Command Syntax :CHANnel2:SKEW ::= skew time in NR3 format ::= -100 ns to +100 ns The :CHANnel2:SKEW command sets the skew between channels 1 and 2. The maximum skew is +/-100 ns. You can use the oscilloscope's analog probe skew control to remove cable delay errors between channel 1 and channel 2.
31 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands :CHANnel:INPut (see page 782) Command Syntax :CHANnel:INPut ::= {ONEMeg | FIFTy} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel:INPut command selects the input impedance setting for the specified channel. The legal values for this command are ONEMeg (1 MΩ) and FIFTy (50Ω). NOTE The :CHANnel:INPut command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to previous oscilloscopes.
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands 31 :CHANnel:PMODe (see page 782) Command Syntax :CHANnel:PMODe ::= {AUTo | MANual} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The probe sense mode is controlled internally and cannot be set. If a probe with sense is connected to the specified channel, auto sensing is enabled; otherwise, the mode is manual. If the PMODe sent matches the oscilloscope's setting, the command will be accepted.
31 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands :DISPlay:CONNect (see page 782) Command Syntax :DISPlay:CONNect ::= {{ 1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :DISPlay:CONNect command turns vectors on and off. When vectors are turned on, the oscilloscope displays lines connecting sampled data points. When vectors are turned off, only the sampled data is displayed. NOTE The :DISPlay:CONNEct command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to previous oscilloscopes.
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands 31 :ERASe (see page 782) Command Syntax :ERASe The :ERASe command erases the screen. NOTE The :ERASe command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to previous oscilloscopes. Use the :DISplay:CLEar command (see page 231) instead.
31 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands :EXTernal:PMODe (see page 782) Command Syntax :EXTernal:PMODe ::= {AUTo | MANual} The probe sense mode is controlled internally and cannot be set. If a probe with sense is connected to the specified channel, auto sensing is enabled; otherwise, the mode is manual. If the pmode sent matches the oscilloscope's setting, the command will be accepted. Otherwise, a setting conflict error is generated.
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands 31 :FUNCtion:SOURce (see page 782) Command Syntax :FUNCtion:SOURce ::= {CHANnel | ADD | SUBTract | MULTiply} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :FUNCtion:SOURce command is only used when an FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) operation is selected (see the:FUNCtion:OPERation command for more information about selecting an operation). The :FUNCtion:SOURce command selects the source for function operations.
31 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands :FUNCtion:VIEW (see page 782) Command Syntax :FUNCtion:VIEW ::= {{1 | ON} | (0 | OFF}} The :FUNCtion:VIEW command turns the selected function on or off. When ON is selected, the function performs as specified using the other FUNCtion commands. When OFF is selected, function is neither calculated nor displayed. NOTE The :FUNCtion:VIEW command is provided for backward compatibility to previous oscilloscopes.
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands 31 :HARDcopy:DESTination (see page 782) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:DESTination ::= {CENTronics | FLOPpy} The :HARDcopy:DESTination command sets the hardcopy destination. NOTE The :HARDcopy:DESTination command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to previous oscilloscopes. Use the :HARDcopy:FILename command (see page 712) instead.
31 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands :HARDcopy:FILename (see page 782) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:FILename ::= quoted ASCII string The HARDcopy:FILename command sets the output filename for those print formats whose output is a file. NOTE Query Syntax The :HARDcopy:FILename command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to previous oscilloscopes. Use the :SAVE:FILename command (see page 434) and :RECall:FILename command (see page 425) instead.
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands 31 :HARDcopy:GRAYscale (see page 782) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:GRAYscale ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} The :HARDcopy:GRAYscale command controls whether grayscaling is performed in the hardcopy dump. NOTE Query Syntax The :HARDcopy:GRAYscale command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to previous oscilloscopes. Use the :HARDcopy:PALette command (see page 317) instead.
31 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands :HARDcopy:IGColors (see page 782) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:IGColors ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} The HARDcopy:IGColors command controls whether the graticule colors are inverted or not. NOTE The :HARDcopy:IGColors command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to previous oscilloscopes. Use the :HARDcopy:INKSaver (see page 315) command instead.
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands 31 :HARDcopy:PDRiver (see page 782) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:PDRiver ::= {AP2Xxx | AP21xx | {AP2560 | AP25} | {DJ350 | DJ35} | DJ6xx | {DJ630 | DJ63} | DJ6Special | DJ6Photo | DJ8Special | DJ8xx | DJ9Vip | OJPRokx50 | DJ9xx | GVIP | DJ55xx | {PS470 | PS47} {PS100 | PS10} | CLASer | MLASer | LJFastraster | POSTscript} The HARDcopy:PDRiver command sets the hardcopy printer driver used for the selected printer.
31 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands :MEASure:LOWer (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:LOWer The :MEASure:LOWer command sets the lower measurement threshold value. This value and the UPPer value represent absolute values when the thresholds are ABSolute and percentage when the thresholds are PERCent as defined by the :MEASure:DEFine THResholds command. NOTE Query Syntax The :MEASure:LOWer command is obsolete and is provided for backward compatibility to previous oscilloscopes.
31 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands :MEASure:SCRatch (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:SCRatch The :MEASure:SCRatch command clears all selected measurements and markers from the screen. NOTE The :MEASure:SCRatch command is obsolete and is provided for backward compatibility to previous oscilloscopes. Use the :MEASure:CLEar command (see page 349) instead.
31 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands :MEASure:TDELta (see page 782) Query Syntax :MEASure:TDELta? The :MEASure:TDELta? query returns the time difference between the Tstop marker (X2 cursor) and the Tstart marker (X1 cursor). Tdelta = Tstop - Tstart Tstart is the time at the start marker (X1 cursor) and Tstop is the time at the stop marker (X2 cursor). No measurement is made when the :MEASure:TDELta? query is received by the oscilloscope. The delta time value that is output is the current value.
31 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands :MEASure:THResholds (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:THResholds {T1090 | T2080 | VOLTage} The :MEASure:THResholds command selects the thresholds used when making time measurements. NOTE Query Syntax The :MEASure:THResholds command is obsolete and is provided for backward compatibility to previous oscilloscopes. Use the :MEASure:DEFine THResholds command (see page 351) instead.
31 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands :MEASure:TMAX (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:TMAX [] ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MEASure:TMAX command installs a screen measurement and starts an X-at-Max-Y measurement on the selected waveform. If the optional source is specified, the current source is modified. NOTE The :MEASure:TMAX command is obsolete and is provided for backward compatibility to previous oscilloscopes.
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands 31 :MEASure:TMIN (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:TMIN [] ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | MATH} ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MEASure:TMIN command installs a screen measurement and starts an X-at-Min-Y measurement on the selected waveform. If the optional source is specified, the current source is modified. NOTE The :MEASure:TMIN command is obsolete and is provided for backward compatibility to previous oscilloscopes.
31 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands :MEASure:TSTArt (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:TSTArt [suffix] ::= time at the start marker in seconds [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps} The :MEASure:TSTArt command moves the start marker (X1 cursor) to the specified time with respect to the trigger time. NOTE The short form of this command, TSTA, does not follow the defined Long Form to Short Form Truncation Rules (see page 784).
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands 31 :MEASure:TSTOp (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:TSTOp [suffix] ::= time at the stop marker in seconds [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps} The :MEASure:TSTOp command moves the stop marker (X2 cursor) to the specified time with respect to the trigger time. NOTE The short form of this command, TSTO, does not follow the defined Long Form to Short Form Truncation Rules (see page 784).
31 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands :MEASure:TVOLt (see page 782) Query Syntax :MEASure:TVOLt? , [][,] ::= the voltage level that the waveform must cross. ::= direction of the waveform. A rising slope is indicated by a plus sign (+). A falling edge is indicated by a minus sign (-). ::= the transition to be reported. If the occurrence number is one, the first crossing is reported. If the number is two, the second crossing is reported, etc.
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands 31 :MEASure:UPPer (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:UPPer The :MEASure:UPPer command sets the upper measurement threshold value. This value and the LOWer value represent absolute values when the thresholds are ABSolute and percentage when the thresholds are PERCent as defined by the :MEASure:DEFine THResholds command. NOTE Query Syntax The :MEASure:UPPer command is obsolete and is provided for backward compatibility to previous oscilloscopes.
31 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands :MEASure:VDELta (see page 782) Query Syntax :MEASure:VDELta? The :MEASure:VDELta? query returns the voltage difference between vertical marker 1 (Y1 cursor) and vertical marker 2 (Y2 cursor). No measurement is made when the :MEASure:VDELta? query is received by the oscilloscope. The delta value that is returned is the current value. This is the same value as the front-panel cursors delta Y value.
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands 31 :MEASure:VSTArt (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:VSTArt ::= value for vertical marker 1 The :MEASure:VSTArt command moves the vertical marker (Y1 cursor) to the specified value corresponding to the selected source. The source can be selected by the MARKer:X1Y1source command. NOTE The short form of this command, VSTA, does not follow the defined Long Form to Short Form Truncation Rules (see page 784).
31 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands :MEASure:VSTOp (see page 782) Command Syntax :MEASure:VSTOp ::= value for Y2 cursor The :MEASure:VSTOp command moves the vertical marker 2 (Y2 cursor) to the specified value corresponding to the selected source. The source can be selected by the MARKer:X2Y2source command. NOTE The short form of this command, VSTO, does not follow the defined Long Form to Short Form Truncation Rules (see page 784).
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands 31 :MTESt:AMASk:{SAVE | STORe} (see page 782) Command Syntax :MTESt:AMASk:{SAVE | STORe} "" The :MTESt:AMASk:SAVE command saves the automask generated mask to a file. If an automask has not been generated, an error occurs. The parameter is an MS-DOS compatible name of the file, a maximum of 254 characters long (including the path name, if used). The filename assumes the present working directory if a path does not precede the file name.
31 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands :MTESt:AVERage (see page 782) Command Syntax :MTESt:AVERage ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:AVERage command enables or disables averaging. When ON, the oscilloscope acquires multiple data values for each time bucket, and averages them. When OFF, averaging is disabled. To set the number of averages, use the :MTESt:AVERage:COUNt command described next.
31 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands :MTESt:AVERage:COUNt (see page 782) Command Syntax :MTESt:AVERage:COUNt ::= an integer from 2 to 65536 in NR1 format The :MTESt:AVERage:COUNt command sets the number of averages for the waveforms. With the AVERage acquisition type, the :MTESt:AVERage:COUNt command specifies the number of data values to be averaged for each time bucket before the acquisition is considered complete for that time bucket.
31 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands :MTESt:LOAD (see page 782) Command Syntax :MTESt:LOAD "" The :MTESt:LOAD command loads the specified mask file. The parameter is an MS-DOS compatible name of the file, a maximum of 254 characters long (including the path name, if used). NOTE See Also 732 The :MTESt:LOAD command is obsolete and is provided for backward compatibility to previous oscilloscopes. Use the :RECall:MASK[:STARt] command (see page 426) instead.
31 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands :MTESt:RUMode (see page 782) Command Syntax :MTESt:RUMode {FORever | TIME, | {WAVeforms,}} ::= from 1 to 86400 in NR3 format ::= number of waveforms in NR1 format from 1 to 1,000,000,000 The :MTESt:RUMode command determines the termination conditions for the mask test. The choices are FORever, TIME, or WAVeforms. • FORever — runs the Mask Test until the test is turned off.
31 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands :MTESt:RUMode:SOFailure (see page 782) Command Syntax :MTESt:RUMode:SOFailure ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:RUMode:SOFailure command enables or disables the Stop On Failure run until criteria. When a mask test is run and a mask violation is detected, the mask test is stopped and the acquisition system is stopped.
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands 31 :MTESt:{STARt | STOP} (see page 782) Command Syntax :MTESt:{STARt | STOP} The :MTESt:{STARt | STOP} command starts or stops the acquisition system. NOTE See Also The :MTESt:STARt and :MTESt:STOP commands are obsolete and are provided for backward compatibility to previous oscilloscopes. Use the :RUN command (see page 158) and :STOP command (see page 162) instead.
31 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands :MTESt:TRIGger:SOURce (see page 782) Command Syntax :MTESt:TRIGger:SOURce ::= CHANnel ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MTESt:TRIGger:SOURce command sets the channel to use as the trigger. NOTE The :MTESt:TRIGger:SOURce command is obsolete and is provided for backward compatibility to previous oscilloscopes. Use the trigger source commands (see page 571) instead.
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands 31 :PRINt? (see page 782) Query Syntax :PRINt? [] ::= [][,..,] ::= {COLor | GRAYscale | BMP8bit | BMP} The :PRINt? query pulls image data back over the bus for storage. NOTE The :PRINT command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to previous oscilloscopes. Use the :DISPlay:DATA command (see page 232) instead.
31 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands NOTE See Also 738 The PRINt? query is not a core command.
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands 31 :SAVE:IMAGe:AREA (see page 782) Query Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:AREA? The :SAVE:IMAGe:AREA? query returns the selected image area. When saving images, this query returns SCR (screen). When saving setups or waveform data, this query returns GRAT (graticule) even though graticule images are not saved.
31 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands :TIMebase:DELay (see page 782) Command Syntax :TIMebase:DELay ::= time in seconds from trigger to the delay reference point on the screen. The valid range for delay settings depends on the time/division setting for the main time base. The :TIMebase:DELay command sets the main time base delay. This delay is the time between the trigger event and the delay reference point on the screen.
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands 31 :TRIGger:TV:TVMode (see page 782) Command Syntax :TRIGger:TV:TVMode ::= {FIEld1 | FIEld2 | AFIelds | ALINes | LINE | VERTical | LFIeld1 | LFIeld2 | LALTernate | LVERtical} The :TRIGger:TV:MODE command selects the TV trigger mode and field. The LVERtical parameter is only available when :TRIGger:TV:STANdard is GENeric. The LALTernate parameter is not available when :TRIGger:TV:STANdard is GENeric (see page 618).
31 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands 742 Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 32 Error Messages -440, Query UNTERMINATED after indefinite response -430, Query DEADLOCKED -420, Query UNTERMINATED -410, Query INTERRUPTED -400, Query error -340, Calibration failed -330, Self-test failed -321, Out of memory -320, Storage fault 743
32 Error Messages -315, Configuration memory lost -314, Save/recall memory lost -313, Calibration memory lost -311, Memory error -310, System error -300, Device specific error -278, Macro header not found -277, Macro redefinition not allowed -276, Macro recursion error -273, Illegal macro label -272, Macro execution error -258, Media protected -257, File name error 744 Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Error Messages 32 -256, File name not found -255, Directory full -254, Media full -253, Corrupt media -252, Missing media -251, Missing mass storage -250, Mass storage error -241, Hardware missing This message can occur when a feature is unavailable or unlicensed. For example, some serial bus decode commands are only available when the serial decode options are licensed.
32 Error Messages -223, Too much data -222, Data out of range -221, Settings conflict -220, Parameter error -200, Execution error -183, Invalid inside macro definition -181, Invalid outside macro definition -178, Expression data not allowed -171, Invalid expression -170, Expression error -168, Block data not allowed -161, Invalid block data -158, String data not allowed 746 Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Error Messages 32 -151, Invalid string data -150, String data error -148, Character data not allowed -138, Suffix not allowed -134, Suffix too long -131, Invalid suffix -128, Numeric data not allowed -124, Too many digits -123, Exponent too large -121, Invalid character in number -120, Numeric data error -114, Header suffix out of range -113, Undefined header Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 747
32 Error Messages -112, Program mnemonic too long -109, Missing parameter -108, Parameter not allowed -105, GET not allowed -104, Data type error -103, Invalid separator -102, Syntax error -101, Invalid character -100, Command error +10, Software Fault Occurred +100, File Exists +101, End-Of-File Found +102, Read Error 748 Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Error Messages 32 +103, Write Error +104, Illegal Operation +105, Print Canceled +106, Print Initialization Failed +107, Invalid Trace File +108, Compression Error +109, No Data For Operation A remote operation wants some information, but there is no information available. For example, you may request a stored TIFF image using the :DISPlay:DATA? query, but there may be no image stored.
32 Error Messages 750 Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 33 Status Reporting Status Reporting Data Structures / 753 Status Byte Register (STB) / 755 Service Request Enable Register (SRE) / 757 Trigger Event Register (TER) / 758 Output Queue / 759 Message Queue / 760 (Standard) Event Status Register (ESR) / 761 (Standard) Event Status Enable Register (ESE) / 762 Error Queue / 763 Operation Status Event Register (:OPERegister[:EVENt]) / 764 Operation Status Condition Register (:OPERegister:CONDi
33 Status Reporting Trigger Event Register Error Queue Message Queue RUN Bit Output Queue (Mask) Arm Event Register Overload Event Register Overload Event Enable Register Mask Test Event Register Mask Test Event Enable Register (Mask) Standard Event Status Register Standard Event Status Enable Register (Mask) Operation Status Condition/ Event Registers Operation Status Enable Register Status Byte Register Service Request Enable Register Service Request Generation Service Request (SRQ) Inter
33 Status Reporting Status Reporting Data Structures The following figure shows how the status register bits are masked and logically OR'ed to generate service requests (SRQ) on particular events.
33 Status Reporting • Table 46 • Table 47 • Table 49 • Table 44 The status registers picture above shows how the different status reporting data structures work together. To make it possible for any of the Standard Event Status Register bits to generate a summary bit, the bits must be enabled. These bits are enabled by using the *ESE common command to set the corresponding bit in the Standard Event Status Enable Register.
Status Reporting 33 Status Byte Register (STB) The Status Byte Register is the summary-level register in the status reporting structure. It contains summary bits that monitor activity in the other status registers and queues. The Status Byte Register is a live register. That is, its summary bits are set and cleared by the presence and absence of a summary bit from other event registers or queues.
33 Status Reporting Example The following example uses the resource session object's ReadSTB method to read the contents of the oscilloscope's Status Byte Register. varQueryResult = myScope.IO.ReadSTB MsgBox "Status Byte Register, Serial Poll: 0x" + Hex(varQueryResult) NOTE 756 Use Serial Polling to Read Status Byte Register.
Status Reporting 33 Service Request Enable Register (SRE) Setting the Service Request Enable Register bits enable corresponding bits in the Status Byte Register. These enabled bits can then set RQS and MSS (bit 6) in the Status Byte Register. Bits are set in the Service Request Enable Register using the *SRE command and the bits that are set are read with the *SRE? query. Example The following example sets bit 4 (MAV) and bit 5 (ESB) in the Service Request Enable Register. myScope.
33 Status Reporting Trigger Event Register (TER) This register sets the TRG bit in the status byte when a trigger event occurs. The TER event register stays set until it is cleared by reading the register or using the *CLS command. If your application needs to detect multiple triggers, the TER event register must be cleared after each one. If you are using the Service Request to interrupt a program or controller operation, you must clear the event register each time the trigger bit is set.
33 Status Reporting Output Queue The output queue stores the oscilloscope-to-controller responses that are generated by certain instrument commands and queries. The output queue generates the Message Available summary bit when the output queue contains one or more bytes. This summary bit sets the MAV bit (bit 4) in the Status Byte Register. When using the Keysight VISA COM library, the output queue may be read with the FormattedIO488 object's ReadString, ReadNumber, ReadList, or ReadIEEEBlock methods.
33 Status Reporting Message Queue The message queue contains the text of the last message written to the advisory line on the screen of the oscilloscope. The length of the oscilloscope's message queue is 1. Note that messages sent with the :SYSTem:DSP command do not set the MSG status bit in the Status Byte Register.
Status Reporting 33 (Standard) Event Status Register (ESR) The (Standard) Event Status Register (ESR) monitors the following oscilloscope status events: • PON - Power On • URQ - User Request • CME - Command Error • EXE - Execution Error • DDE - Device Dependent Error • QYE - Query Error • RQC - Request Control • OPC - Operation Complete When one of these events occur, the event sets the corresponding bit in the register.
33 Status Reporting (Standard) Event Status Enable Register (ESE) To allow any of the (Standard) Event Status Register (ESR) bits to generate a summary bit, you must first enable that bit. Enable the bit by using the *ESE (Event Status Enable) common command to set the corresponding bit in the (Standard) Event Status Enable Register (ESE). Set bits are read with the *ESE? query. Example Suppose your application requires an interrupt whenever any type of error occurs.
Status Reporting 33 Error Queue As errors are detected, they are placed in an error queue. This queue is first in, first out. If the error queue overflows, the last error in the queue is replaced with error 350, Queue overflow. Any time the queue overflows, the least recent errors remain in the queue, and the most recent error is discarded. The length of the oscilloscope's error queue is 30 (29 positions for the error messages, and 1 position for the Queue overflow message).
33 Status Reporting Operation Status Event Register (:OPERegister[:EVENt]) The Operation Status Event Register register hosts these bits: Name Location Description RUN bit bit 3 Is set whenever the instrument goes from a stop state to a single or running state. WAIT TRIG bit bit 5 Is set by the Trigger Armed Event Register and indicates that the trigger is armed. MTE bit bit 9 Comes from the Mask Test Event Registers. OVLR bit bit 11 Is set whenever a 50Ω input overload occurs.
Status Reporting 33 Operation Status Condition Register (:OPERegister:CONDition) The Operation Status Condition Register register hosts these bits: Name Location Description RUN bit bit 3 Is set whenever the instrument is not stopped. WAIT TRIG bit bit 5 Is set by the Trigger Armed Event Register and indicates that the trigger is armed. MTE bit bit 9 Comes from the Mask Test Event Registers. OVLR bit bit 11 Is set whenever a 50Ω input overload occurs.
33 Status Reporting Arm Event Register (AER) This register sets bit 5 (Wait Trig bit) in the Operation Status Register and the OPER bit (bit 7) in the Status Byte Register when the instrument becomes armed. The ARM event register stays set until it is cleared by reading the register with the AER? query or using the *CLS command. If your application needs to detect multiple triggers, the ARM event register must be cleared after each one.
Status Reporting 33 Overload Event Register (:OVLRegister) The Overload Event Register register hosts these bits: Name Location Description Channel 1 Fault bit 6 Fault has occurred on Channel 1 input. Channel 2 Fault bit 7 Fault has occurred on Channel 2 input. Channel 3 Fault bit 8 Fault has occurred on Channel 3 input. Channel 4 Fault bit 9 Fault has occurred on Channel 4 input. External Trigger Fault bit 10 Fault has occurred on External Trigger input.
33 Status Reporting Mask Test Event Event Register (:MTERegister[:EVENt]) The Mask Test Event Event Register register hosts these bits: Name Location Description Complete bit 0 Is set when the mask test is complete. Fail bit 1 Is set when there is a mask test failure. Started bit 8 Is set when mask testing is started. Auto Mask bit 10 Is set when auto mask creation is completed. The :MTERegister[:EVENt]? query returns the value of, and clears, the Mask Test Event Event Register.
Status Reporting 33 Clearing Registers and Queues The *CLS common command clears all event registers and all queues except the output queue. If *CLS is sent immediately after a program message terminator, the output queue is also cleared.
33 Status Reporting Status Reporting Decision Chart no Do you want to do status reporting? yes Reset the instrument and clear the status registers: myScope.WriteString "*RST" myScope.WriteString "*CLS" Do you want to send a Service Request (SRQ) interrupt to the controller? no (Your programs can read the status registers instead.
Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 34 Synchronizing Acquisitions Synchronization in the Programming Flow / 772 Blocking Synchronization / 773 Polling Synchronization With Timeout / 774 Synchronizing with a Single-Shot Device Under Test (DUT) / 776 Synchronization with an Averaging Acquisition / 778 When remotely controlling an oscilloscope with programming commands, it is often necessary to know when the oscilloscope has finished the previous operation and is ready for t
34 Synchronizing Acquisitions Synchronization in the Programming Flow Most remote programming follows these three general steps: 1 Set up the oscilloscope and device under test (see page 772). 2 Acquire a waveform (see page 772). 3 Retrieve results (see page 772). Set Up the Oscilloscope Before making changes to the oscilloscope setup, it is best to make sure it is stopped using the :STOP command followed by the *OPC? query.
Synchronizing Acquisitions 34 Blocking Synchronization Use the :DIGitize command to start the acquisition. This blocks subsequent queries until the acquisition and processing is complete. For example: ' ' Synchronizing acquisition using blocking. ' =================================================================== Option Explicit Public Public Public Public myMgr As VisaComLib.ResourceManager myScope As VisaComLib.
34 Synchronizing Acquisitions Polling Synchronization With Timeout This example requires a timeout value so the operation can abort if an acquisition does not occur within the timeout period: ' ' Synchronizing acquisition using polling. ' =================================================================== Option Explicit Public Public Public Public myMgr As VisaComLib.ResourceManager myScope As VisaComLib.
Synchronizing Acquisitions 34 myScope.WriteString ":OPERegister:CONDition?" varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber ' Mask RUN bit (bit 3, &H8). If (varQueryResult And &H8) = 0 Then Exit Do Else Sleep 100 ' Small wait to prevent excessive queries. lngElapsed = lngElapsed + 100 End If Loop ' Get results. ' ----------------------------------------------------------------If lngElapsed < lngTimeout Then myScope.WriteString ":MEASure:RISetime" myScope.WriteString ":MEASure:RISetime?" varQueryResult = myScope.
34 Synchronizing Acquisitions Synchronizing with a Single-Shot Device Under Test (DUT) The examples in "Blocking Synchronization" on page 773 and "Polling Synchronization With Timeout" on page 774 assume the DUT is continually running and therefore the oscilloscope will have more than one opportunity to trigger. With a single shot DUT, there is only one opportunity for the oscilloscope to trigger, so it is necessary for the oscilloscope to be armed and ready before the DUT is enabled.
Synchronizing Acquisitions 34 ' ----------------------------------------------------------------' Start a single acquisition. myScope.WriteString ":SINGle" ' Wait until the trigger system is armed. Do Sleep 100 ' Small wait to prevent excessive queries. myScope.WriteString ":AER?" varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber Loop Until varQueryResult = 1 ' Oscilloscope is armed and ready, enable DUT here. Debug.Print "Oscilloscope is armed and ready, enable DUT.
34 Synchronizing Acquisitions Synchronization with an Averaging Acquisition When averaging, it is necessary to know when the average count has been reached. The :SINGle command does not average. If it is known that a trigger will occur, a :DIGitize will acquire the complete number of averages, but if the number of averages is large, a timeout on the connection can occur. The example below polls during the :DIGitize to prevent a timeout on the connection. ' ' Synchronizing in averaging acquisition mode.
Synchronizing Acquisitions 34 ' Save *ESE (Standard Event Status Enable register) mask ' (so it can be restored later). Dim varInitialESE As Variant myScope.WriteString "*ESE?" varInitialESE = myScope.ReadNumber ' Set *ESE mask to allow only OPC (Operation Complete) bit. myScope.WriteString "*ESE " + CStr(CInt("&H01")) ' Acquire using :DIGitize. Set up OPC bit to be set when the ' operation is complete. ' ----------------------------------------------------------------myScope.
34 Synchronizing Acquisitions 780 Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 35 More About Oscilloscope Commands Command Classifications / 782 Valid Command/Query Strings / 783 Query Return Values / 789 All Oscilloscope Commands Are Sequential / 790 781
35 More About Oscilloscope Commands Command Classifications To help you use existing programs with your oscilloscope, or use current programs with the next generation of Keysight InfiniiVision oscilloscopes, commands are classified by the following categories: • "Core Commands" on page 782 • "Non-Core Commands" on page 782 • "Obsolete Commands" on page 782 Core Commands Core commands are a common set of commands that provide basic oscilloscope functionality on this oscilloscope and future Keysight In
More About Oscilloscope Commands 35 Valid Command/Query Strings • "Program Message Syntax" on page 783 • "Duplicate Mnemonics" on page 787 • "Tree Traversal Rules and Multiple Commands" on page 787 Program Message Syntax To program the instrument remotely, you must understand the command format and structure expected by the instrument. The IEEE 488.
35 More About Oscilloscope Commands not you have included the question mark. The command and query forms of an instruction usually have different program data. Many queries do not use any program data. There are three types of headers: • "Simple Command Headers" on page 785 • "Compound Command Headers" on page 785 • "Common Command Headers" on page 785 White Space (Separator) White space is used to separate the instruction header from the program data.
35 More About Oscilloscope Commands Long Form Short form TIMebase TIM DELay DEL TYPE TYPE In the oscilloscope programmer's documentation, the short form of a command is indicated by uppercase characters. Programs written in long form are easily read and are almost self-documenting. The short form syntax conserves the amount of controller memory needed for program storage and reduces I/O activity. Simple Command Headers Simple command headers contain a single mnemonic.
35 More About Oscilloscope Commands Program Data Syntax Rules Program data is used to convey a parameter information related to the command header. At least one space must separate the command header or query header from the program data. When a program mnemonic or query has multiple program data, a comma separates sequential program data.
35 More About Oscilloscope Commands Duplicate Mnemonics Identical function mnemonics can be used in more than one subsystem. For example, the function mnemonic RANGe may be used to change the vertical range or to change the horizontal range: :CHANnel1:RANGe .4 Sets the vertical range of channel 1 to 0.4 volts full scale. :TIMebase:RANGe 1 Sets the horizontal time base to 1 second full scale. :CHANnel1 and :TIMebase are subsystem selectors and determine which range is being modified.
35 More About Oscilloscope Commands NOTE Example 2: Program Message Terminator Sets Parser Back to Root NOTE The colon between TIMebase and RANGe is necessary because TIMebase:RANGe is a compound command. The semicolon between the RANGe command and the POSition command is the required program message unit separator. The POSition command does not need TIMebase preceding it because the TIMebase:RANGe command sets the parser to the TIMebase node in the tree. myScope.
35 More About Oscilloscope Commands Query Return Values Command headers immediately followed by a question mark (?) are queries. Queries are used to get results of measurements made by the instrument or to find out how the instrument is currently configured. After receiving a query, the instrument interrogates the requested function and places the answer in its output queue. The answer remains in the output queue until it is read or another command is issued.
35 More About Oscilloscope Commands All Oscilloscope Commands Are Sequential IEEE 488.2 makes the distinction between sequential and overlapped commands: • Sequential commands finish their task before the execution of the next command starts. • Overlapped commands run concurrently. Commands following an overlapped command may be started before the overlapped command is completed. All of the oscilloscope commands are sequential.
Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 36 Programming Examples VISA COM Examples / 792 VISA Examples / 825 VISA.NET Examples / 878 SICL Examples / 897 SCPI.NET Examples / 917 Example programs are ASCII text files that can be cut from the help file and pasted into your favorite text editor. See Also • You can find additional programming examples for the InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series oscilloscopes on the Keysight Technologies website at: www.keysight.
36 Programming Examples VISA COM Examples • "VISA COM Example in Visual Basic" on page 792 • "VISA COM Example in C#" on page 801 • "VISA COM Example in Visual Basic .NET" on page 810 • "VISA COM Example in Python" on page 818 VISA COM Example in Visual Basic To run this example in Visual Basic for Applications (VBA): 1 Start the application that provides Visual Basic for Applications (for example, Microsoft Excel). 2 Press ALT+F11 to launch the Visual Basic editor.
Programming Examples 36 On Error GoTo VisaComError ' Create the VISA COM I/O resource. Set myMgr = New VisaComLib.ResourceManager Set myScope = New VisaComLib.FormattedIO488 Set myScope.IO = _ myMgr.Open("USB0::0x0957::0x17A6::US50210029::0::INSTR") myScope.IO.Clear ' Clear the interface. myScope.IO.Timeout = 10000 ' Set I/O communication timeout. ' Initialize - start from a known state. Initialize ' Capture data. Capture ' Analyze the captured waveform.
36 Programming Examples On Error GoTo VisaComError ' Use auto-scale to automatically configure oscilloscope. ' ----------------------------------------------------------------DoCommand ":AUToscale" ' Set trigger mode (EDGE, PULSe, PATTern, etc., and input source. DoCommand ":TRIGger:MODE EDGE" Debug.Print "Trigger mode: " + _ DoQueryString(":TRIGger:MODE?") ' Set EDGE trigger parameters. DoCommand ":TRIGger:EDGE:SOURCe CHANnel1" Debug.
Programming Examples 36 DoQueryString(":TIMebase:POSition?") ' Set the acquisition type (NORMal, PEAK, AVERage, or HRESolution). DoCommand ":ACQuire:TYPE NORMal" Debug.Print "Acquire type: " + _ DoQueryString(":ACQuire:TYPE?") ' Or, configure by loading a previously saved setup. ' ----------------------------------------------------------------Dim varSetupString As Variant strPath = "c:\scope\config\setup.dat" Open strPath For Binary Access Read As hFile ' Open file for input.
36 Programming Examples ' ----------------------------------------------------------------' Get screen image. DoCommand ":HARDcopy:INKSaver OFF" Dim byteData() As Byte byteData = DoQueryIEEEBlock_UI1(":DISPlay:DATA? PNG, COLor") ' Save screen image to a file. Dim strPath As String strPath = "c:\scope\data\screen.png" If Len(Dir(strPath)) Then Kill strPath ' Remove file if it exists.
Programming Examples 36 Preamble() = DoQueryNumbers(":WAVeform:PREamble?") intFormat = Preamble(0) intType = Preamble(1) lngPoints = Preamble(2) lngCount = Preamble(3) dblXIncrement = Preamble(4) dblXOrigin = Preamble(5) lngXReference = Preamble(6) sngYIncrement = Preamble(7) sngYOrigin = Preamble(8) lngYReference = Preamble(9) If intFormat = 0 Then Debug.Print "Waveform format: BYTE" ElseIf intFormat = 1 Then Debug.Print "Waveform format: WORD" ElseIf intFormat = 4 Then Debug.
36 Programming Examples Debug.Print "Number of data values: " + _ CStr(UBound(varQueryResult) + 1) ' Set up output file: strPath = "c:\scope\data\waveform_data.csv" ' Open file for output. Open strPath For Output Access Write Lock Write As hFile ' Output waveform data in CSV format. Dim lngDataValue As Long Dim lngI As Long For lngI = 0 To UBound(varQueryResult) lngDataValue = varQueryResult(lngI) ' Write time value, voltage value.
Programming Examples 36 On Error GoTo VisaComError Dim strErrors As String myScope.WriteIEEEBlock command, data CheckInstrumentErrors Exit Sub VisaComError: MsgBox "VISA COM Error: " + vbCrLf + CStr(Err.Number) + ", " + _ Err.Source + ", " + _ Err.Description, vbExclamation, "VISA COM Error" End End Sub Private Function DoQueryString(query As String) As String On Error GoTo VisaComError myScope.WriteString query DoQueryString = myScope.
36 Programming Examples Dim strErrors As String myScope.WriteString query DoQueryNumbers = myScope.ReadList CheckInstrumentErrors Exit Function VisaComError: MsgBox "VISA COM Error: " + vbCrLf + CStr(Err.Number) + ", " + _ Err.Source + ", " + _ Err.Description, vbExclamation, "VISA COM Error" End End Function Private Function DoQueryIEEEBlock_UI1(query As String) As Variant On Error GoTo VisaComError myScope.WriteString query DoQueryIEEEBlock_UI1 = myScope.
Programming Examples 36 VisaComError: MsgBox "VISA COM Error: " + vbCrLf + Err.Description End Sub VISA COM Example in C# To compile and run this example in Microsoft Visual Studio 2008: 1 Open Visual Studio. 2 Create a new Visual C#, Windows, Console Application project. 3 Cut-and-paste the code that follows into the C# source file. 4 Edit the program to use the VISA address of your oscilloscope. 5 Add a reference to the VISA COM 5.
36 Programming Examples VisaComInstrument("USB0::0x0957::0x17A6::US50210029::0::INSTR" ); myScope.SetTimeoutSeconds(10); // Initialize - start from a known state. Initialize(); // Capture data. Capture(); // Analyze the captured waveform. Analyze(); } catch (System.ApplicationException err) { Console.WriteLine("*** VISA COM Error : " + err.Message); } catch (System.SystemException err) { Console.WriteLine("*** System Error Message : " + err.Message); } catch (System.Exception err) { System.Diagnostics.
Programming Examples 36 // Set trigger mode (EDGE, PULSe, PATTern, etc., and input source. myScope.DoCommand(":TRIGger:MODE EDGE"); Console.WriteLine("Trigger mode: {0}", myScope.DoQueryString(":TRIGger:MODE?")); // Set EDGE trigger parameters. myScope.DoCommand(":TRIGger:EDGE:SOURCe CHANnel1"); Console.WriteLine("Trigger edge source: {0}", myScope.DoQueryString(":TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce?")); myScope.DoCommand(":TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel 1.5"); Console.WriteLine("Trigger edge level: {0}", myScope.
36 Programming Examples myScope.DoCommand(":ACQuire:TYPE NORMal"); Console.WriteLine("Acquire type: {0}", myScope.DoQueryString(":ACQuire:TYPE?")); // Or, configure by loading a previously saved setup. byte[] DataArray; int nBytesWritten; // Read setup string from file. strPath = "c:\\scope\\config\\setup.stp"; DataArray = File.ReadAllBytes(strPath); nBytesWritten = DataArray.Length; // Restore setup string. myScope.DoCommandIEEEBlock(":SYSTem:SETup", DataArray); Console.
Programming Examples 36 FileStream fStream = File.Open(strPath, FileMode.Create); fStream.Write(ResultsArray, 0, nLength); fStream.Close(); Console.WriteLine("Screen image ({0} bytes) written to {1}", nLength, strPath); // Download waveform data. // ----------------------------------------------------------// Set the waveform points mode. myScope.DoCommand(":WAVeform:POINts:MODE RAW"); Console.WriteLine("Waveform points mode: {0}", myScope.
36 Programming Examples Console.WriteLine("Acquire type: AVERage"); } else if (fType == 3.0) { Console.WriteLine("Acquire type: HRESolution"); } double fPoints = fResultsArray[2]; Console.WriteLine("Waveform points: {0:e}", fPoints); double fCount = fResultsArray[3]; Console.WriteLine("Waveform average count: {0:e}", fCount); double fXincrement = fResultsArray[4]; Console.WriteLine("Waveform X increment: {0:e}", fXincrement); double fXorigin = fResultsArray[5]; Console.
Programming Examples 36 class VisaComInstrument { private ResourceManagerClass m_ResourceManager; private FormattedIO488Class m_IoObject; private string m_strVisaAddress; // Constructor. public VisaComInstrument(string strVisaAddress) { // Save VISA address in member variable. m_strVisaAddress = strVisaAddress; // Open the default VISA COM IO object. OpenIo(); // Clear the interface. m_IoObject.IO.Clear(); } public void DoCommand(string strCommand) { // Send the command. m_IoObject.
36 Programming Examples m_IoObject.WriteString(strQuery, true); // Get the result number. double fResult; fResult = (double)m_IoObject.ReadNumber( IEEEASCIIType.ASCIIType_R8, true); // Check for inst errors. CheckInstrumentErrors(strQuery); // Return result number. return fResult; } public double[] DoQueryNumbers(string strQuery) { // Send the query. m_IoObject.WriteString(strQuery, true); // Get the result numbers. double[] fResultsArray; fResultsArray = (double[])m_IoObject.ReadList( IEEEASCIIType.
Programming Examples 36 m_IoObject.WriteString(":SYSTem:ERRor?", true); strInstrumentError = m_IoObject.ReadString(); if (!strInstrumentError.ToString().StartsWith("+0,")) { if (bFirstError) { Console.WriteLine("ERROR(s) for command '{0}': ", strCommand); bFirstError = false; } Console.Write(strInstrumentError); } } while (!strInstrumentError.ToString().
36 Programming Examples catch { } } } } VISA COM Example in Visual Basic .NET To compile and run this example in Microsoft Visual Studio 2008: 1 Open Visual Studio. 2 Create a new Visual Basic, Windows, Console Application project. 3 Cut-and-paste the code that follows into the Visual Basic .NET source file. 4 Edit the program to use the VISA address of your oscilloscope. 5 Add a reference to the VISA COM 5.
Programming Examples 36 ) myScope.SetTimeoutSeconds(10) ' Initialize - start from a known state. Initialize() ' Capture data. Capture() ' Analyze the captured waveform. Analyze() Catch err As System.ApplicationException Console.WriteLine("*** VISA Error Message : " + err.Message) Catch err As System.SystemException Console.WriteLine("*** System Error Message : " + err.Message) Catch err As System.Exception System.Diagnostics.Debug.Fail("Unexpected Error") Console.WriteLine("*** Unexpected Error : " + err.
36 Programming Examples myScope.DoCommand(":TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel 1.5") Console.WriteLine("Trigger edge level: {0}", _ myScope.DoQueryString(":TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel?")) myScope.DoCommand(":TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe POSitive") Console.WriteLine("Trigger edge slope: {0}", _ myScope.DoQueryString(":TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe?")) ' Save oscilloscope configuration. Dim ResultsArray As Byte() ' Results array. Dim nLength As Integer ' Number of bytes returned from inst.
Programming Examples 36 strPath = "c:\scope\config\setup.stp" DataArray = File.ReadAllBytes(strPath) nBytesWritten = DataArray.Length ' Restore setup string. myScope.DoCommandIEEEBlock(":SYSTem:SETup", DataArray) Console.WriteLine("Setup bytes restored: {0}", nBytesWritten) ' Capture an acquisition using :DIGitize. myScope.DoCommand(":DIGitize CHANnel1") End Sub ' Analyze the captured waveform.
36 Programming Examples ' Set the waveform points mode. myScope.DoCommand(":WAVeform:POINts:MODE RAW") Console.WriteLine("Waveform points mode: {0}", _ myScope.DoQueryString(":WAVeform:POINts:MODE?")) ' Get the number of waveform points available. Console.WriteLine("Waveform points available: {0}", _ myScope.DoQueryString(":WAVeform:POINts?")) ' Set the waveform source. myScope.DoCommand(":WAVeform:SOURce CHANnel1") Console.WriteLine("Waveform source: {0}", _ myScope.
Programming Examples 36 Console.WriteLine("Waveform X reference: {0:e}", fXreference) Dim fYincrement As Double = fResultsArray(7) Console.WriteLine("Waveform Y increment: {0:e}", fYincrement) Dim fYorigin As Double = fResultsArray(8) Console.WriteLine("Waveform Y origin: {0:e}", fYorigin) Dim fYreference As Double = fResultsArray(9) Console.WriteLine("Waveform Y reference: {0:e}", fYreference) ' Get the waveform data. ResultsArray = myScope.DoQueryIEEEBlock(":WAVeform:DATA?") nLength = ResultsArray.
36 Programming Examples ' Clear the interface. m_IoObject.IO.Clear() End Sub Public Sub DoCommand(ByVal strCommand As String) ' Send the command. m_IoObject.WriteString(strCommand, True) ' Check for inst errors. CheckInstrumentErrors(strCommand) End Sub Public Sub DoCommandIEEEBlock(ByVal strCommand As String, _ ByVal DataArray As Byte()) ' Send the command to the device. m_IoObject.WriteIEEEBlock(strCommand, DataArray, True) ' Check for inst errors.
Programming Examples 36 Public Function DoQueryNumbers(ByVal strQuery As String) As _ Double() ' Send the query. m_IoObject.WriteString(strQuery, True) ' Get the result numbers. Dim fResultsArray As Double() fResultsArray = _ m_IoObject.ReadList(IEEEASCIIType.ASCIIType_R8, ",;") ' Check for inst errors. CheckInstrumentErrors(strQuery) ' Return result numbers. Return fResultsArray End Function Public _ Function DoQueryIEEEBlock(ByVal strQuery As String) As Byte() ' Send the query. m_IoObject.
36 Programming Examples m_IoObject = New FormattedIO488Class() ' Open the default VISA COM IO object. Try m_IoObject.IO = _ DirectCast(m_ResourceManager.Open(m_strVisaAddress, _ AccessMode.NO_LOCK, 0, ""), IMessage) Catch e As Exception Console.WriteLine("An error occurred: {0}", e.Message) End Try End Sub Public Sub SetTimeoutSeconds(ByVal nSeconds As Integer) m_IoObject.IO.Timeout = nSeconds * 1000 End Sub Public Sub Close() Try m_IoObject.IO.Close() Catch End Try Try Marshal.
Programming Examples # # # # # # 36 Keysight VISA COM Example in Python using "comtypes" ********************************************************* This program illustrates a few commonly used programming features of your Keysight oscilloscope. ********************************************************* # Import Python modules. # --------------------------------------------------------import string import time import sys import array from comtypes.client import GetModule from comtypes.
36 Programming Examples do_command(":TRIGger:EDGE:SOURCe CHANnel1") qresult = do_query_string(":TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce?") print "Trigger edge source: %s" % qresult do_command(":TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel 1.5") qresult = do_query_string(":TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel?") print "Trigger edge level: %s" % qresult do_command(":TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe POSitive") qresult = do_query_string(":TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe?") print "Trigger edge slope: %s" % qresult # Save oscilloscope setup.
Programming Examples 36 # Analyze: # ========================================================= def analyze(): # Make measurements.
36 Programming Examples acq_type_dict = { 0 : "NORMal", 1 : "PEAK", 2 : "AVERage", 3 : "HRESolution", } ( wav_form, acq_type, wfmpts, avgcnt, x_increment, x_origin, x_reference, y_increment, y_origin, y_reference ) = do_query_numbers(":WAVeform:PREamble?") print print print print print print print print print print "Waveform format: %s" % wav_form_dict[wav_form] "Acquire type: %s" % acq_type_dict[acq_type] "Waveform points desired: %d" % wfmpts "Waveform average count: %d" % avgcnt "Waveform X increment:
Programming Examples 36 # ========================================================= # Send a command and check for errors: # ========================================================= def do_command(command): myScope.WriteString("%s" % command, True) check_instrument_errors(command) # ========================================================= # Send a command and check for errors: # ========================================================= def do_command_ieee_block(command, data): myScope.
36 Programming Examples # ========================================================= # Check for instrument errors: # ========================================================= def check_instrument_errors(command): while True: myScope.WriteString(":SYSTem:ERRor?", True) error_string = myScope.ReadString() if error_string: # If there is an error string value. if error_string.find("+0,", 0, 3) == -1: # Not "No error". print "ERROR: %s, command: '%s'" % (error_string, command) print "Exited because of error.
Programming Examples 36 VISA Examples • "VISA Example in C" on page 825 • "VISA Example in Visual Basic" on page 834 • "VISA Example in C#" on page 844 • "VISA Example in Visual Basic .NET" on page 855 • "VISA Example in Python (PyVISA 1.5 and older)" on page 865 • "VISA Example in Python (PyVISA 1.6 and newer)" on page 871 VISA Example in C To compile and run this example in Microsoft Visual Studio 2008: 1 Open Visual Studio.
36 Programming Examples /* * Keysight VISA Example in C * -----------------------------------------------------------------* This program illustrates a few commonly-used programming * features of your Keysight oscilloscope. */ #include #include #include #include /* /* /* /* For printf(). */ For strcpy(), strcat(). */ For clock(). */ Keysight VISA routines.
Programming Examples 36 /* Capture data. */ capture(); /* Analyze the captured waveform. */ analyze(); /* Close the vi session and the resource manager session. */ viClose(vi); viClose(defaultRM); } /* Initialize the oscilloscope to a known state. * --------------------------------------------------------------- */ void initialize (void) { /* Clear the interface. */ err = viClear(vi); if (err != VI_SUCCESS) error_handler(); /* Get and display the device's *IDN? string.
36 Programming Examples /* Read system setup. */ num_bytes = do_query_ieeeblock(":SYSTem:SETup?"); printf("Read setup string query (%d bytes).\n", num_bytes); /* Write setup string to file. */ fp = fopen ("c:\\scope\\config\\setup.stp", "wb"); num_bytes = fwrite(ieeeblock_data, sizeof(unsigned char), num_bytes, fp); fclose (fp); printf("Wrote setup string (%d bytes) to ", num_bytes); printf("c:\\scope\\config\\setup.stp.\n"); /* Change settings with individual commands: /* Set vertical scale and offset.
Programming Examples 36 /* Analyze the captured waveform. * --------------------------------------------------------------- */ void analyze (void) { double wav_format; double acq_type; double wav_points; double avg_count; double x_increment; double x_origin; double x_reference; double y_increment; double y_origin; double y_reference; FILE *fp; int num_bytes; int i; /* Number of bytes returned from instrument. */ /* Make a couple of measurements.
36 Programming Examples /* Get the number of waveform points available. */ do_query_string(":WAVeform:POINts?"); printf("Waveform points available: %s\n", str_result); /* Set the waveform source. */ do_command(":WAVeform:SOURce CHANnel1"); do_query_string(":WAVeform:SOURce?"); printf("Waveform source: %s\n", str_result); /* Choose the format of the data returned (WORD, BYTE, ASCII): */ do_command(":WAVeform:FORMat BYTE"); do_query_string(":WAVeform:FORMat?"); printf("Waveform format: %s\n", str_result); /*
Programming Examples 36 x_origin = dbl_results[5]; printf("Waveform X origin: %e\n", x_origin); x_reference = dbl_results[6]; printf("Waveform X reference: %e\n", x_reference); y_increment = dbl_results[7]; printf("Waveform Y increment: %e\n", y_increment); y_origin = dbl_results[8]; printf("Waveform Y origin: %e\n", y_origin); y_reference = dbl_results[9]; printf("Waveform Y reference: %e\n", y_reference); /* Read waveform data.
36 Programming Examples char *command; int num_bytes; { char message[80]; int data_length; strcpy(message, command); strcat(message, " #8%08d"); err = viPrintf(vi, message, num_bytes); if (err != VI_SUCCESS) error_handler(); err = viBufWrite(vi, ieeeblock_data, num_bytes, &data_length); if (err != VI_SUCCESS) error_handler(); check_instrument_errors(); return(data_length); } /* Query for a string result.
Programming Examples 36 /* Query for numbers result. * --------------------------------------------------------------- */ void do_query_numbers(query) char *query; { char message[80]; strcpy(message, query); strcat(message, "\n"); err = viPrintf(vi, message); if (err != VI_SUCCESS) error_handler(); err = viScanf(vi, "%,10lf\n", dbl_results); if (err != VI_SUCCESS) error_handler(); check_instrument_errors(); } /* Query for an IEEE definite-length block result.
36 Programming Examples { strcat(str_out, ", "); strcat(str_out, str_err_val); err = viQueryf(vi, ":SYSTem:ERRor?\n", "%t", str_err_val); if (err != VI_SUCCESS) error_handler(); } if (strcmp(str_out, "") != 0) { printf("INST Error%s\n", str_out); err = viFlush(vi, VI_READ_BUF); if (err != VI_SUCCESS) error_handler(); err = viFlush(vi, VI_WRITE_BUF); if (err != VI_SUCCESS) error_handler(); } } /* Handle VISA errors.
Programming Examples ' ' ' ' ' ' 36 Keysight VISA Example in Visual Basic ------------------------------------------------------------------This program illustrates a few commonly-used programming features of your Keysight oscilloscope. ------------------------------------------------------------------- Option Explicit Public err As Long Public drm As Long Public vi As Long ' Error returned by VISA function calls. ' Session to Default Resource Manager. ' Session to instrument.
36 Programming Examples ' Close the vi session and the resource manager session. err = viClose(vi) err = viClose(drm) End Sub ' ' Initialize the oscilloscope to a known state. ' ------------------------------------------------------------------Private Sub Initialize() ' Clear the interface. err = viClear(vi) If Not (err = VI_SUCCESS) Then HandleVISAError vi ' Get and display the device's *IDN? string.
Programming Examples 36 Dim lngSetupStringSize As Long lngSetupStringSize = DoQueryIEEEBlock_Bytes(":SYSTem:SETup?") Debug.Print "Setup bytes saved: " + CStr(lngSetupStringSize) ' Output setup string to a file: Dim strPath As String strPath = "c:\scope\config\setup.dat" If Len(Dir(strPath)) Then Kill strPath ' Remove file if it exists. End If ' Open file for output.
36 Programming Examples Dim lngRestored As Long lngRestored = DoCommandIEEEBlock(":SYSTem:SETup", lngSetupFileSize) Debug.Print "Setup bytes restored: " + CStr(lngRestored) ' Capture an acquisition using :DIGitize. ' ----------------------------------------------------------------DoCommand ":DIGitize CHANnel1" End Sub ' ' Analyze the captured waveform. ' ------------------------------------------------------------------Private Sub Analyze() ' Make a couple of measurements.
Programming Examples 36 ' Download waveform data. ' ----------------------------------------------------------------' Set the waveform points mode. DoCommand ":WAVeform:POINts:MODE RAW" Debug.Print "Waveform points mode: " + _ DoQueryString(":WAVeform:POINts:MODE?") ' Get the number of waveform points available. Debug.Print "Waveform points available: " + _ DoQueryString(":WAVeform:POINts?") ' Set the waveform source. DoCommand ":WAVeform:SOURce CHANnel1" Debug.
36 Programming Examples End If If intType = 0 Then Debug.Print "Acquisition ElseIf intType = 1 Then Debug.Print "Acquisition ElseIf intType = 2 Then Debug.Print "Acquisition ElseIf intType = 3 Then Debug.Print "Acquisition End If type: NORMal" type: PEAK" type: AVERage" type: HRESolution" Debug.Print "Waveform points: " + _ FormatNumber(lngPoints, 0) Debug.Print "Waveform average count: " + _ FormatNumber(lngCount, 0) Debug.Print "Waveform X increment: " + _ Format(dblXIncrement, "Scientific") Debug.
Programming Examples 36 FormatNumber(((lngDataValue - lngYReference) _ * sngYIncrement) + lngYOrigin) Next lngI ' Close output file. Close hFile ' Close file. MsgBox "Waveform format BYTE data written to " + _ "c:\scope\data\waveform_data.csv.
36 Programming Examples Dim dblResult As Double err = viVPrintf(vi, query + vbLf, 0) If (err <> VI_SUCCESS) Then HandleVISAError vi err = viVScanf(vi, "%lf" + vbLf, VarPtr(dblResult)) If (err <> VI_SUCCESS) Then HandleVISAError vi DoQueryNumber = dblResult CheckInstrumentErrors End Function Private Function DoQueryNumbers(query As String) As Long Dim dblResult As Double ' Send query.
Programming Examples 36 err = viFlush(vi, VI_READ_BUF) If (err <> VI_SUCCESS) Then HandleVISAError vi err = viFlush(vi, VI_WRITE_BUF) If (err <> VI_SUCCESS) Then HandleVISAError vi ' retCount is now actual number of bytes returned by query.
36 Programming Examples Private Sub HandleVISAError(session As Long) Dim strVisaErr As String * 200 Call viStatusDesc(session, err, strVisaErr) MsgBox "*** VISA Error : " + strVisaErr, vbExclamation ' If the error is not a warning, close the session. If err < VI_SUCCESS Then If session <> 0 Then Call viClose(session) End End If End Sub VISA Example in C# To compile and run this example in Microsoft Visual Studio 2008: 1 Open Visual Studio. 2 Create a new Visual C#, Windows, Console Application project.
Programming Examples 36 namespace InfiniiVision { class VisaInstrumentApp { private static VisaInstrument myScope; public static void Main(string[] args) { try { myScope = new VisaInstrument("USB0::0x0957::0x17A6::US50210029::0::INSTR"); myScope.SetTimeoutSeconds(10); // Initialize - start from a known state. Initialize(); // Capture data. Capture(); // Analyze the captured waveform. Analyze(); } catch (System.ApplicationException err) { Console.WriteLine("*** VISA Error Message : " + err.
36 Programming Examples myScope.DoCommand("*CLS"); myScope.DoCommand("*RST"); } /* * Capture the waveform. * -------------------------------------------------------------*/ private static void Capture() { // Use auto-scale to automatically configure oscilloscope. myScope.DoCommand(":AUToscale"); // Set trigger mode (EDGE, PULSe, PATTern, etc., and input source. myScope.DoCommand(":TRIGger:MODE EDGE"); Console.WriteLine("Trigger mode: {0}", myScope.
Programming Examples 36 // Set horizontal scale and position. myScope.DoCommand(":TIMebase:SCALe 0.0002"); Console.WriteLine("Timebase scale: {0}", myScope.DoQueryString(":TIMebase:SCALe?")); myScope.DoCommand(":TIMebase:POSition 0.0"); Console.WriteLine("Timebase position: {0}", myScope.DoQueryString(":TIMebase:POSition?")); // Set the acquisition type (NORMal, PEAK, AVERage, or HRESolution ). myScope.DoCommand(":ACQuire:TYPE NORMal"); Console.WriteLine("Acquire type: {0}", myScope.
36 Programming Examples // Download the screen image. // ----------------------------------------------------------myScope.DoCommand(":HARDcopy:INKSaver OFF"); // Get the screen data. nLength = myScope.DoQueryIEEEBlock(":DISPlay:DATA? PNG, COLor", out ResultsArray); // Store the screen data to a file. strPath = "c:\\scope\\data\\screen.png"; FileStream fStream = File.Open(strPath, FileMode.Create); fStream.Write(ResultsArray, 0, nLength); fStream.Close(); Console.
Programming Examples double fType = fResultsArray[1]; if (fType == 0.0) { Console.WriteLine("Acquire type: } else if (fType == 1.0) { Console.WriteLine("Acquire type: } else if (fType == 2.0) { Console.WriteLine("Acquire type: } else if (fType == 3.0) { Console.WriteLine("Acquire type: } 36 NORMal"); PEAK"); AVERage"); HRESolution"); double fPoints = fResultsArray[2]; Console.WriteLine("Waveform points: {0:e}", fPoints); double fCount = fResultsArray[3]; Console.
36 Programming Examples writer.WriteLine("{0:f9}, {1:f6}", fXorigin + ((float)i * fXincrement), (((float)ResultsArray[i] - fYreference) * fYincrement) + fYorigin); // Close output file. writer.Close(); Console.WriteLine("Waveform format BYTE data written to {0}", strPath); } } class VisaInstrument { private int m_nResourceManager; private int m_nSession; private string m_strVisaAddress; // Constructor. public VisaInstrument(string strVisaAddress) { // Save VISA address in member variable.
Programming Examples 36 nLength); CheckVisaStatus(nViStatus); // Write the data to the formatted I/O write buffer. nViStatus = visa32.viBufWrite(m_nSession, DataArray, nLength, out nBytesWritten); CheckVisaStatus(nViStatus); // Check for inst errors. CheckInstrumentErrors(strCommand); return nBytesWritten; } public StringBuilder DoQueryString(string strQuery) { // Send the query. VisaSendCommandOrQuery(strQuery); // Get the result string.
36 Programming Examples // Return string results. return fResultsArray; } public int DoQueryIEEEBlock(string strQuery, out byte[] ResultsArray) { // Send the query. VisaSendCommandOrQuery(strQuery); // Get the result string. int length; // Number of bytes returned from instrument. length = VisaGetResultIEEEBlock(out ResultsArray); // Check for inst errors. CheckInstrumentErrors(strQuery); // Return string results.
Programming Examples 36 { double[] fResultsArray; fResultsArray = new double[10]; // Read return value string from the device. int nViStatus; nViStatus = visa32.viScanf(m_nSession, "%,10lf\n", fResultsArray); CheckVisaStatus(nViStatus); return fResultsArray; } private int VisaGetResultIEEEBlock(out byte[] ResultsArray) { // Results array, big enough to hold a PNG. ResultsArray = new byte[300000]; int length; // Number of bytes returned from instrument.
36 Programming Examples } Console.Write(strInstrumentError); } } while (!strInstrumentError.ToString().StartsWith("+0,")); } private void OpenResourceManager() { int nViStatus; nViStatus = visa32.viOpenDefaultRM(out this.m_nResourceManager); if (nViStatus < visa32.VI_SUCCESS) throw new ApplicationException("Failed to open Resource Manager"); } private void OpenSession() { int nViStatus; nViStatus = visa32.viOpen(this.m_nResourceManager, this.m_strVisaAddress, visa32.VI_NO_LOCK, visa32.
Programming Examples 36 VISA Example in Visual Basic .NET To compile and run this example in Microsoft Visual Studio 2008: 1 Open Visual Studio. 2 Create a new Visual Basic, Windows, Console Application project. 3 Cut-and-paste the code that follows into the Visual Basic .NET source file. 4 Edit the program to use the VISA address of your oscilloscope.
36 Programming Examples ' Initialize - start from a known state. Initialize() ' Capture data. Capture() ' Analyze the captured waveform. Analyze() Catch err As System.ApplicationException Console.WriteLine("*** VISA Error Message : " + err.Message) Catch err As System.SystemException Console.WriteLine("*** System Error Message : " + err.Message) Catch err As System.Exception Debug.Fail("Unexpected Error") Console.WriteLine("*** Unexpected Error : " + err.
Programming Examples 36 myScope.DoQueryString(":TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel?")) myScope.DoCommand(":TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe POSitive") Console.WriteLine("Trigger edge slope: {0}", _ myScope.DoQueryString(":TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe?")) ' Save oscilloscope configuration. Dim ResultsArray As Byte() ' Results array. Dim nLength As Integer ' Number of bytes returned from inst. Dim strPath As String Dim fStream As FileStream ' Query and read setup string. nLength = myScope.
36 Programming Examples ' Restore setup string. nBytesWritten = myScope.DoCommandIEEEBlock(":SYSTem:SETup", _ DataArray) Console.WriteLine("Setup bytes restored: {0}", nBytesWritten) ' Capture an acquisition using :DIGitize. myScope.DoCommand(":DIGitize CHANnel1") End Sub ' ' Analyze the captured waveform. ' -------------------------------------------------------------Private Shared Sub Analyze() Dim Dim Dim Dim fResult As Double ResultsArray As Byte() ' Results array.
Programming Examples 36 Console.WriteLine("Waveform points mode: {0}", _ myScope.DoQueryString(":WAVeform:POINts:MODE?")) ' Get the number of waveform points available. myScope.DoCommand(":WAVeform:POINts 10240") Console.WriteLine("Waveform points available: {0}", _ myScope.DoQueryString(":WAVeform:POINts?")) ' Set the waveform source. myScope.DoCommand(":WAVeform:SOURce CHANnel1") Console.WriteLine("Waveform source: {0}", _ myScope.
36 Programming Examples Dim fYincrement As Double = fResultsArray(7) Console.WriteLine("Waveform Y increment: {0:e}", fYincrement) Dim fYorigin As Double = fResultsArray(8) Console.WriteLine("Waveform Y origin: {0:e}", fYorigin) Dim fYreference As Double = fResultsArray(9) Console.WriteLine("Waveform Y reference: {0:e}", fYreference) ' Get the waveform data. nLength = myScope.DoQueryIEEEBlock(":WAVeform:DATA?", _ ResultsArray) Console.
Programming Examples 36 ' Clear the interface. Dim nViStatus As Integer nViStatus = visa32.viClear(m_nSession) End Sub Public Sub DoCommand(ByVal strCommand As String) ' Send the command. VisaSendCommandOrQuery(strCommand) ' Check for inst errors. CheckInstrumentErrors(strCommand) End Sub Public Function DoCommandIEEEBlock(ByVal strCommand As String, _ ByVal DataArray As Byte()) As Integer ' Send the command to the device.
36 Programming Examples Public Function DoQueryNumber(ByVal strQuery As String) As Double ' Send the query. VisaSendCommandOrQuery(strQuery) ' Get the result string. Dim fResults As Double fResults = VisaGetResultNumber() ' Check for inst errors. CheckInstrumentErrors(strQuery) ' Return string results. Return fResults End Function Public Function DoQueryNumbers(ByVal strQuery As String) _ As Double() ' Send the query. VisaSendCommandOrQuery(strQuery) ' Get the result string.
Programming Examples 36 nViStatus = visa32.viPrintf(m_nSession, strWithNewline) CheckVisaStatus(nViStatus) End Sub Private Function VisaGetResultString() As StringBuilder Dim strResults As New StringBuilder(1000) ' Read return value string from the device. Dim nViStatus As Integer nViStatus = visa32.
36 Programming Examples CheckVisaStatus(nViStatus) nViStatus = visa32.viFlush(m_nSession, visa32.VI_READ_BUF) CheckVisaStatus(nViStatus) Return length End Function Private Sub CheckInstrumentErrors(ByVal strCommand As String) ' Check for instrument errors. Dim strInstrumentError As New StringBuilder(1000) Dim bFirstError As Boolean = True Do ' While not "0,No error" VisaSendCommandOrQuery(":SYSTem:ERRor?") strInstrumentError = VisaGetResultString() If Not strInstrumentError.ToString().
36 Programming Examples End If End Sub Public Sub Close() If m_nSession <> 0 Then visa32.viClose(m_nSession) End If If m_nResourceManager <> 0 Then visa32.viClose(m_nResourceManager) End If End Sub End Class End Namespace VISA Example in Python (PyVISA 1.5 and older) You can use the Python programming language with the PyVISA package to control Keysight Infiniium Series oscilloscopes. The Python language and PyVISA package can be downloaded from the web at http://www.python.org/ and http://pyvisa.
36 Programming Examples idn_string = do_query_string("*IDN?") print "Identification string: '%s'" % idn_string # Clear status and load the default setup. do_command("*CLS") do_command("*RST") # ========================================================= # Capture: # ========================================================= def capture(): # Use auto-scale to automatically set up oscilloscope. print "Autoscale." do_command(":AUToscale") # Set trigger mode.
Programming Examples 36 qresult = do_query_string(":TIMebase:SCALe?") print "Timebase scale: %s" % qresult do_command(":TIMebase:POSition 0.0") qresult = do_query_string(":TIMebase:POSition?") print "Timebase position: %s" % qresult # Set the acquisition type. do_command(":ACQuire:TYPE NORMal") qresult = do_query_string(":ACQuire:TYPE?") print "Acquire type: %s" % qresult # Or, set up oscilloscope by loading a previously saved setup. sSetup = "" f = open("setup.stp", "rb") sSetup = f.read() f.
36 Programming Examples # Download waveform data. # -------------------------------------------------------# Set the waveform points mode. do_command(":WAVeform:POINts:MODE RAW") qresult = do_query_string(":WAVeform:POINts:MODE?") print "Waveform points mode: %s" % qresult # Get the number of waveform points available. do_command(":WAVeform:POINts 10240") qresult = do_query_string(":WAVeform:POINts?") print "Waveform points available: %s" % qresult # Set the waveform source.
Programming Examples 36 y_reference = do_query_values(":WAVeform:YREFerence?")[0] # Get the waveform data. sData = do_query_string(":WAVeform:DATA?") sData = get_definite_length_block_data(sData) # Unpack unsigned byte data. values = struct.unpack("%dB" % len(sData), sData) print "Number of data values: %d" % len(values) # Save waveform data values to CSV file. f = open("waveform_data.
36 Programming Examples def do_query_values(query): if debug: print "Qyv = '%s'" % query results = InfiniiVision.ask_for_values("%s\n" % query) check_instrument_errors(query) return results # ========================================================= # Check for instrument errors: # ========================================================= def check_instrument_errors(command): while True: error_string = InfiniiVision.ask(":SYSTem:ERRor?\n") if error_string: # If there is an error string value.
36 Programming Examples # ========================================================= InfiniiVision = visa.instrument("USB0::0x2A8D::0x1797::CN56240004::0::IN STR") InfiniiVision.timeout = 15 InfiniiVision.term_chars = "" InfiniiVision.clear() # Initialize the oscilloscope, capture data, and analyze. initialize() capture() analyze() print "End of program." VISA Example in Python (PyVISA 1.
36 Programming Examples # Get and display the device's *IDN? string. idn_string = do_query_string("*IDN?") print "Identification string: '%s'" % idn_string # Clear status and load the default setup. do_command("*CLS") do_command("*RST") # ========================================================= # Capture: # ========================================================= def capture(): # Use auto-scale to automatically set up oscilloscope. print "Autoscale." do_command(":AUToscale") # Set trigger mode.
Programming Examples 36 qresult = do_query_string(":TIMebase:SCALe?") print "Timebase scale: %s" % qresult do_command(":TIMebase:POSition 0.0") qresult = do_query_string(":TIMebase:POSition?") print "Timebase position: %s" % qresult # Set the acquisition type. do_command(":ACQuire:TYPE NORMal") qresult = do_query_string(":ACQuire:TYPE?") print "Acquire type: %s" % qresult # Or, set up oscilloscope by loading a previously saved setup. sSetup = "" f = open("setup.stp", "rb") sSetup = f.read() f.
36 Programming Examples # Set the waveform points mode. do_command(":WAVeform:POINts:MODE RAW") qresult = do_query_string(":WAVeform:POINts:MODE?") print "Waveform points mode: %s" % qresult # Get the number of waveform points available. do_command(":WAVeform:POINts 10240") qresult = do_query_string(":WAVeform:POINts?") print "Waveform points available: %s" % qresult # Set the waveform source.
Programming Examples 36 # Get the waveform data. sData = do_query_ieee_block(":WAVeform:DATA?") # Unpack unsigned byte data. values = struct.unpack("%dB" % len(sData), sData) print "Number of data values: %d" % len(values) # Save waveform data values to CSV file. f = open("waveform_data.csv", "w") for i in xrange(0, len(values) - 1): time_val = x_origin + (i * x_increment) voltage = ((values[i] - y_reference) * y_increment) + y_origin f.write("%E, %f\n" % (time_val, voltage)) f.
36 Programming Examples result = InfiniiVision.query("%s" % query) check_instrument_errors(query) return result # ========================================================= # Send a query, check for errors, return floating-point value: # ========================================================= def do_query_number(query): if debug: print "Qyn = '%s'" % query results = InfiniiVision.
Programming Examples 36 InfiniiVision= rm.open_resource("USB0::0x2A8D::0x1797::CN56240004::0::IN STR") InfiniiVision.timeout = 15000 InfiniiVision.clear() # Initialize the oscilloscope, capture data, and analyze. initialize() capture() analyze() print "End of program.
36 Programming Examples VISA.NET Examples These programming examples show how to use the VISA.NET drivers that come with Keysight IO Libraries Suite. • "VISA.NET Example in C#" on page 878 • "VISA.NET Example in Visual Basic .NET" on page 884 • "VISA.NET Example in IronPython" on page 891 VISA.NET Example in C# To compile and run this example in Microsoft Visual Studio 2013: 1 Open Visual Studio. 2 Choose FILE > New > Project.... 3 In the New Project dialog box, select .NET Framework 4.5.2.
Programming Examples 36 namespace Example { class Program { static void Main(string[] args) { // Change this variable to the address of your instrument string VISA_ADDRESS = "USB0::0x2A8D::0x1797::CN56240004::0::INSTR" ; // Create a connection (session) to the instrument IMessageBasedSession session; try { session = GlobalResourceManager.Open(VISA_ADDRESS) as IMessageBasedSession; } catch (NativeVisaException visaException) { Console.WriteLine("Couldn't connect."); Console.WriteLine("Error is:\r\n{0}\r\n"
36 Programming Examples // ============================================================== // Use auto-scale to automatically configure oscilloscope. myScope.WriteLine(":AUToscale"); // Set trigger mode (EDGE, PULSe, PATTern, etc., and input source. myScope.WriteLine(":TRIGger:MODE EDGE"); myScope.WriteLine(":TRIGger:MODE?"); strResults = myScope.ReadLine(); Console.WriteLine("Trigger mode: {0}", strResults); // Set EDGE trigger parameters. myScope.WriteLine(":TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce CHANnel1"); myScope.
Programming Examples 36 myScope.WriteLine(":TIMebase:SCALe 0.0002"); myScope.WriteLine(":TIMebase:SCALe?"); strResults = myScope.ReadLine(); Console.WriteLine("Timebase scale: {0}", strResults); myScope.WriteLine(":TIMebase:POSition 0.0"); myScope.WriteLine(":TIMebase:POSition?"); strResults = myScope.ReadLine(); Console.WriteLine("Timebase position: {0}", strResults); // Set the acquisition type (NORMal, PEAK, AVERage, or HRESolution ). myScope.WriteLine(":ACQuire:TYPE NORMal"); myScope.
36 Programming Examples // ----------------------------------------------------------myScope.WriteLine(":HARDcopy:INKSaver OFF"); // Get the screen data. myScope.WriteLine(":DISPlay:DATA? PNG, COLor"); ResultsArray = myScope.ReadLineBinaryBlockOfByte(); nLength = ResultsArray.Length; // Store the screen data to a file. strPath = "c:\\scope\\data\\screen.png"; fStream = File.Open(strPath, FileMode.Create); fStream.Write(ResultsArray, 0, nLength); fStream.Close(); Console.
Programming Examples 36 { Console.WriteLine("Waveform format: ASCii"); } double fType = fResultsArray[1]; if (fType == 0.0) { Console.WriteLine("Acquire type: } else if (fType == 1.0) { Console.WriteLine("Acquire type: } else if (fType == 2.0) { Console.WriteLine("Acquire type: } else if (fType == 3.0) { Console.WriteLine("Acquire type: } NORMal"); PEAK"); AVERage"); HRESolution"); double fPoints = fResultsArray[2]; Console.
36 Programming Examples StreamWriter writer = File.CreateText(strPath); // Output waveform data in CSV format. for (int i = 0; i < nLength - 1; i++) writer.WriteLine("{0:f9}, {1:f6}", fXorigin + ((float)i * fXincrement), (((float)ResultsArray[i] - fYreference) * fYincrement) + fYorigin); // Close output file. writer.Close(); Console.
36 Programming Examples • Windows 7: C:\ProgramData\Agilent\Command Expert\ScpiNetDrivers d Select the .dll file for your oscilloscope, for example AgInfiniiVision2000X_01_20.dll; then, click OK. e Right-click the project you wish to modify (not the solution) in the Solution Explorer window of the Microsoft Visual Studio environment and choose Properties; then, select "InfiniiVision.ScpiNetInstrumentApp" as the Startup object. 8 Add a reference to the VISA.
36 Programming Examples Dim VISA_ADDRESS As String = "USB0::0x2A8D::0x1797::CN56240004::0: :INSTR" ' Create a connection (session) to the instrument Dim session As IMessageBasedSession Try session = TryCast(GlobalResourceManager.Open(VISA_ADDRESS), IMessageBasedSession) Catch visaException As NativeVisaException Console.WriteLine("Couldn't connect.") Console.WriteLine("Error is:" & vbCr & vbLf & "{0}" _ & vbCr & vbLf, visaException) Console.WriteLine("Press any key to exit...") Console.
Programming Examples 36 myScope.WriteLine(":TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce?") strResults = myScope.ReadLine() Console.WriteLine("Trigger edge source: {0}", strResults) myScope.WriteLine(":TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel 1.5") myScope.WriteLine(":TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel?") strResults = myScope.ReadLine() Console.WriteLine("Trigger edge level: {0}", strResults) myScope.WriteLine(":TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe POSitive") myScope.WriteLine(":TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe?") strResults = myScope.ReadLine() Console.
36 Programming Examples ' Set the acquisition type (NORMal, PEAK, AVERage, or HRESolution) . myScope.WriteLine(":ACQuire:TYPE NORMal") myScope.WriteLine(":ACQuire:TYPE?") strResults = myScope.ReadLine() Console.WriteLine("Acquire type: {0}", strResults) ' Or, configure by loading a previously saved setup. Dim DataArray As Byte() Dim nBytesWritten As Integer ' Read setup string from file. strPath = "c:\scope\config\setup.stp" DataArray = File.ReadAllBytes(strPath) nBytesWritten = DataArray.
Programming Examples 36 fStream = File.Open(strPath, FileMode.Create) fStream.Write(ResultsArray, 0, nLength) fStream.Close() Console.WriteLine("Screen image ({0} bytes) written to {1}", _ nLength, strPath) ' Download waveform data. ' ----------------------------------------------------------' Set the waveform points mode. myScope.WriteLine(":WAVeform:POINts:MODE RAW") myScope.WriteLine(":WAVeform:POINts:MODE?") strResults = myScope.ReadLine() Console.
36 Programming Examples Dim fPoints As Double = fResultsArray(2) Console.WriteLine("Waveform points: {0:e}", fPoints) Dim fCount As Double = fResultsArray(3) Console.WriteLine("Waveform average count: {0:e}", fCount) Dim fXincrement As Double = fResultsArray(4) Console.WriteLine("Waveform X increment: {0:e}", fXincrement) Dim fXorigin As Double = fResultsArray(5) Console.WriteLine("Waveform X origin: {0:e}", fXorigin) Dim fXreference As Double = fResultsArray(6) Console.
Programming Examples 36 Console.ReadKey() End Sub End Class End Namespace VISA.NET Example in IronPython You can also control Keysight oscilloscopes using the VISA.NET library and Python programming language on the .NET platform using: • IronPython (http://ironpython.net/) which is an implementation of the Python programming language running under .NET. To run this example with IronPython: 1 Cut-and-paste the code that follows into a file named "example.py".
36 Programming Examples myScope.WriteLine("*IDN?") idn_string = myScope.ReadLine() print "Identification string '%s'" % idn_string # Clear status and load the default setup. myScope.WriteLine("*CLS") myScope.WriteLine("*RST") # ========================================================= # Capture: # ========================================================= def capture(): # Use auto-scale to automatically set up oscilloscope. print "Autoscale." myScope.WriteLine(":AUToscale") # Set trigger mode. myScope.
Programming Examples 36 print "Channel 1 offset: %s" % qresult # Set horizontal scale and offset. myScope.WriteLine(":TIMebase:SCALe 0.0002") myScope.WriteLine(":TIMebase:SCALe?") qresult = myScope.ReadLine() print "Timebase scale: %s" % qresult myScope.WriteLine(":TIMebase:POSition 0.0") myScope.WriteLine(":TIMebase:POSition?") qresult = myScope.ReadLine() print "Timebase position: %s" % qresult # Set the acquisition type. myScope.WriteLine(":ACQuire:TYPE NORMal") myScope.
36 Programming Examples # Download the screen image. # -------------------------------------------------------myScope.WriteLine(":HARDcopy:INKSaver OFF") # Get the screen data. myScope.WriteLine(":DISPlay:DATA? PNG, COLor") image_bytes = myScope.ReadLineBinaryBlockOfByte() nLength = len(image_bytes) fStream = File.Open("screen_image.png", FileMode.Create) fStream.Write(image_bytes, 0, nLength) fStream.Close() print "Screen image written to screen_image.png." # Download waveform data.
Programming Examples print print print print print print print print print print 36 "Waveform format: %s" % wav_form_dict[int(wav_form)] "Acquire type: %s" % acq_type_dict[int(acq_type)] "Waveform points desired: %s" % wfmpts "Waveform average count: %s" % avgcnt "Waveform X increment: %s" % x_increment "Waveform X origin: %s" % x_origin "Waveform X reference: %s" % x_reference # Always 0.
36 Programming Examples # Close the connection to the instrument session.Dispose() print "End of program." # Wait for a key press before exiting. print "Press any key to exit..." Console.
Programming Examples 36 SICL Examples • "SICL Example in C" on page 897 • "SICL Example in Visual Basic" on page 906 SICL Example in C To compile and run this example in Microsoft Visual Studio 2008: 1 Open Visual Studio. 2 Create a new Visual C++, Win32, Win32 Console Application project. 3 In the Win32 Application Wizard, click Next >. Then, check Empty project, and click Finish. 4 Cut-and-paste the code that follows into a file named "example.c" in the project directory.
36 Programming Examples #include #include #include /* For strcpy(), strcat(). */ /* For clock(). */ /* Keysight SICL routines. */ #define SICL_ADDRESS #define TIMEOUT #define IEEEBLOCK_SPACE "usb0[2391::6054::US50210029::0]" 5000 100000 /* Function prototypes */ void initialize(void); void capture(void); void analyze(void); /* Initialize to known state. */ /* Capture the waveform. */ /* Analyze the captured waveform. */ void do_command(char *command); /* Send command.
Programming Examples 36 /* Analyze the captured waveform. */ analyze(); /* Close the device session to the instrument. */ iclose(id); printf ("Program execution is complete...\n"); /* For WIN16 programs, call _siclcleanup before exiting to release * resources allocated by SICL for this application. This call is * a no-op for WIN32 programs. */ _siclcleanup(); } /* Initialize the oscilloscope to a known state.
36 Programming Examples printf("Trigger edge level: %s\n", str_result); do_command(":TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe POSitive"); do_query_string(":TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe?"); printf("Trigger edge slope: %s\n", str_result); /* Save oscilloscope configuration. * ------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* Read system setup. */ num_bytes = do_query_ieeeblock(":SYSTem:SETup?"); printf("Read setup string query (%d bytes).\n", num_bytes); /* Write setup string to file. */ fp = fopen ("c:\\scope\\config\\se
Programming Examples 36 printf("c:\\scope\\config\\setup.stp.\n"); /* Restore setup string. */ num_bytes = do_command_ieeeblock(":SYSTem:SETup", num_bytes); printf("Restored setup string (%d bytes).\n", num_bytes); /* Capture an acquisition using :DIGitize. * ------------------------------------------------------------- */ do_command(":DIGitize CHANnel1"); } /* Analyze the captured waveform.
36 Programming Examples printf("Wrote screen image (%d bytes) to ", num_bytes); printf("c:\\scope\\data\\screen.png.\n"); /* Download waveform data. * ------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* Set the waveform points mode. */ do_command(":WAVeform:POINts:MODE RAW"); do_query_string(":WAVeform:POINts:MODE?"); printf("Waveform points mode: %s\n", str_result); /* Get the number of waveform points available.
Programming Examples 36 { printf("Acquire type: HRESolution\n"); } wav_points = dbl_results[2]; printf("Waveform points: %e\n", wav_points); avg_count = dbl_results[3]; printf("Waveform average count: %e\n", avg_count); x_increment = dbl_results[4]; printf("Waveform X increment: %e\n", x_increment); x_origin = dbl_results[5]; printf("Waveform X origin: %e\n", x_origin); x_reference = dbl_results[6]; printf("Waveform X reference: %e\n", x_reference); y_increment = dbl_results[7]; printf("Waveform Y increme
36 Programming Examples strcpy(message, command); strcat(message, "\n"); iprintf(id, message); check_instrument_errors(); } /* Command with IEEE definite-length block.
Programming Examples 36 } /* Query for numbers result. * --------------------------------------------------------------- */ void do_query_numbers(query) char *query; { char message[80]; strcpy(message, query); strcat(message, "\n"); iprintf(id, message); iscanf(id, "%,10lf\n", dbl_results); check_instrument_errors(); } /* Query for an IEEE definite-length block result.
36 Programming Examples } if (strcmp(str_out, "") != 0) { printf("INST Error%s\n", str_out); iflush(id, I_BUF_READ | I_BUF_WRITE); } } SICL Example in Visual Basic To run this example in Visual Basic for Applications: 1 Start the application that provides Visual Basic for Applications (for example, Microsoft Excel). 2 Press ALT+F11 to launch the Visual Basic editor. 3 Add the sicl32.bas file to your project: a Choose File > Import File.... b Navigate to the header file, sicl32.
Programming Examples 36 Private Declare Sub Sleep Lib "kernel32" (ByVal dwMilliseconds As Long) ' ' Main Program ' ------------------------------------------------------------------Sub Main() On Error GoTo ErrorHandler ' Open a device session using the SICL_ADDRESS. id = iopen("usb0[2391::6054::US50210029::0]") Call itimeout(id, 5000) ' Initialize - start from a known state. Initialize ' Capture data. Capture ' Analyze the captured waveform. Analyze ' Close the vi session and the resource manager session.
36 Programming Examples MsgBox "*** Error : " + Error, vbExclamation End End Sub ' ' Capture the waveform. ' ------------------------------------------------------------------Private Sub Capture() On Error GoTo ErrorHandler ' Use auto-scale to automatically configure oscilloscope. ' ----------------------------------------------------------------DoCommand ":AUToscale" ' Set trigger mode (EDGE, PULSe, PATTern, etc., and input source. DoCommand ":TRIGger:MODE EDGE" Debug.
Programming Examples Close hFile 36 ' Close file. ' Change settings with individual commands: ' ----------------------------------------------------------------' Set vertical scale and offset. DoCommand ":CHANnel1:SCALe 0.05" Debug.Print "Channel 1 vertical scale: " + _ DoQueryString(":CHANnel1:SCALe?") DoCommand ":CHANnel1:OFFSet -1.5" Debug.Print "Channel 1 vertical offset: " + _ DoQueryString(":CHANnel1:OFFSet?") ' Set horizontal scale and position. DoCommand ":TIMebase:SCALe 0.0002" Debug.
36 Programming Examples ' ------------------------------------------------------------------Private Sub Analyze() On Error GoTo ErrorHandler ' Make a couple of measurements. ' ----------------------------------------------------------------DoCommand ":MEASure:SOURce CHANnel1" Debug.
Programming Examples 36 DoCommand ":WAVeform:POINts 10240" Debug.Print "Waveform points available: " + _ DoQueryString(":WAVeform:POINts?") ' Set the waveform source. DoCommand ":WAVeform:SOURce CHANnel1" Debug.Print "Waveform source: " + _ DoQueryString(":WAVeform:SOURce?") ' Choose the format of the data returned (WORD, BYTE, ASCII): DoCommand ":WAVeform:FORMat BYTE" Debug.
36 Programming Examples Debug.Print "Waveform points: " + _ FormatNumber(lngPoints, 0) Debug.Print "Waveform average count: " + _ FormatNumber(lngCount, 0) Debug.Print "Waveform X increment: " + _ Format(dblXIncrement, "Scientific") Debug.Print "Waveform X origin: " + _ Format(dblXOrigin, "Scientific") Debug.Print "Waveform X reference: " + _ FormatNumber(lngXReference, 0) Debug.Print "Waveform Y increment: " + _ Format(sngYIncrement, "Scientific") Debug.
Programming Examples 36 Exit Sub ErrorHandler: MsgBox "*** Error : " + Error, vbExclamation End End Sub Private Sub DoCommand(command As String) On Error GoTo ErrorHandler Call ivprintf(id, command + vbLf) CheckInstrumentErrors Exit Sub ErrorHandler: MsgBox "*** Error : " + Error, vbExclamation End End Sub Private Function DoCommandIEEEBlock(command As String, _ lngBlockSize As Long) On Error GoTo ErrorHandler ' Send command part. Call ivprintf(id, command + " ") ' Write definite-length block bytes.
36 Programming Examples Dim strResult As String * 200 Call ivprintf(id, query + vbLf) Call ivscanf(id, "%200t", strResult) DoQueryString = strResult CheckInstrumentErrors Exit Function ErrorHandler: MsgBox "*** Error : " + Error, vbExclamation End End Function Private Function DoQueryNumber(query As String) As Double On Error GoTo ErrorHandler Dim dblResult As Double Call ivprintf(id, query + vbLf) Call ivscanf(id, "%lf" + vbLf, dblResult) DoQueryNumber = dblResult CheckInstrumentErrors Exit Function Error
Programming Examples 36 End Function Private Function DoQueryIEEEBlock_Bytes(query As String) As Long On Error GoTo ErrorHandler ' Send query. Call ivprintf(id, query + vbLf) ' Read definite-length block bytes. Sleep 2000 ' Delay before reading data. Call ifread(id, byteArray(), ByteArraySize, vbNull, retCount) ' Get number of block length digits. Dim intLengthDigits As Integer intLengthDigits = CInt(Chr(byteArray(1))) ' Get block length from those digits.
36 Programming Examples MsgBox strOut, vbExclamation, "INST Error Messages" Call iflush(id, I_BUF_READ Or I_BUF_WRITE) End If Exit Sub ErrorHandler: MsgBox "*** Error : " + Error, vbExclamation End End Sub 916 Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
36 Programming Examples SCPI.NET Examples You can also program the oscilloscope using the SCPI.NET drivers that come with Keysight's free Command Expert software. While you can write code manually using the SCPI.NET drivers, you can also use the Command Expert software to: • Connect to instruments and control them interactively using SCPI command sets. • Quickly prototype and test command sequences. • Generate C#, VB.NET, or C/C++ code for command sequences.
36 Programming Examples 918 Keysight InfiniiVision 1000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Index Symbols +9.9E+37, infinity representation, 789 +9.
Index CAL PROTECT switch, 190 calculating preshoot of waveform, 365 calculating the waveform overshoot, 361 calibrate, 191, 192, 194, 198 CALibrate commands, 189 calibrate date, 191 calibrate introduction, 190 calibrate label, 192 calibrate output, 193 calibrate start, 195 calibrate status, 196 calibrate switch, 194 calibrate temperature, 197 calibrate time, 198 CAN acknowledge, 463 CAN baud rate, 464 CAN demo signal, 223 CAN frame counters, reset, 460 CAN serial bus commands, 456 CAN signal definition, 46
Index cursor mode, 324 cursor position, 325, 327, 329, 332, 334 cursor readout, 718, 722, 723 cursor reset conditions, 121, 544 cursor source, 326, 328 cursor time, 718, 722, 723 cursor units, X, 330, 331 cursor units, Y, 335, 336 cursors track measurements, 370 cursors, how autoscale affects, 137 cursors, X1, X2, Y1, Y2, 322 cycle measured, 356, 359 cycle time, 363 D data, 476, 478, 628 data (waveform) maximum length, 447 data 2, 479 data acquisition types, 621 data conversion, 623 data format for transf
Index example code, :SYSTem:SETup, 555 example code, :TIMebase:DELay, 740 example code, :TIMebase:MODE, 561 example code, :TIMebase:RANGe, 563 example code, :TIMebase:REFerence, 564 example code, :TRIGger:MODE, 580 example code, :TRIGger:SLOPe, 587 example code, :TRIGger:SOURce, 588 example code, :VIEW and :BLANk, 164 example code, :WAVeform, 640 example code, :WAVeform:DATA, 628 example code, :WAVeform:POINts, 632 example code, :WAVeform:PREamble, 636 example code, :WAVeform:SEGMented, 183 example code, *
Index high-resolution acquisition type, 176 hold time, setup and hold trigger, 606 hold until operation complete, 118 holdoff time, 576 holes in waveform data, 628 hop frequency, waveform generator FSK modulation, 669 horizontal adjustment, fine (vernier), 566 horizontal position, 567 horizontal scale, 565, 569 horizontal scaling, 635 horizontal time, 563, 568, 718 I id mode, 472 ID pattern, CAN trigger, 471 identification number, 116 identification of options, 119 identifier, LIN, 492 idle until operatio
Index M magnitude of occurrence, 375 main sweep range, 567 main time base, 740 main time base mode, 561 making measurements, 345 MAN option for probe sense, 705, 708 manual cursor mode, 324 manufacturer string, 542, 543 MARKer commands, 321 marker mode, 332 marker position, 333 marker readout, 722, 723 marker set for voltage measurement, 727, 728 marker sets start time, 719 marker time, 718 markers for delta voltage measurement, 726 markers track measurements, 370 markers, command overview, 322 markers, mo
Index negative pulse width measurement, 41 negative slope, 500, 587 negative TV trigger polarity, 616 new line (NL) terminator, 103, 784 NL (new line) terminator, 103, 784 noise reject filter, 581 noise waveform generator output, 660 noise, adding to waveform generator output, 673 noisy sine waveform demo signal, 222 non-core commands, 782 non-volatile memory, label list, 235 normal acquisition type, 175, 622 normal trigger sweep mode, 571 notices, 2 NR1 number format, 103 NR3 number format, 103 NTSC, 614,
Index probe attenuation factor for selected channel, 210 probe head type, 211 probe ID, 212 probe sense for oscilloscope, 705, 708 probe skew value, 213, 703 process sigma, mask test run, 413 program data, 784 program data syntax rules, 786 program initialization, 40 program message, 43, 109 program message syntax, 783 program message terminator, 784 program structure, 40 programming examples, 5, 791 protecting against calibration, 194 protection, 154, 156, 215 protection lock, 547 pulse waveform generator
Index saved image, area, 739 saving and recalling data, 226 SBUS CAN commands, 456 SBUS commands, 451 SBUS commands, general, 453 scale, 264, 305, 565, 569 scale factors output on hardcopy, 313, 436 scale for channels, 217 scale units for channels, 218 scale units for external trigger, 256 scaling display factors, 210 SCPI.
Index sweep speed set to fast to measure rise time, 368 switch disable, 540 sync break, LIN, 490 syntax elements, 103 syntax rules, program data, 786 syntax, optional terms, 103 syntax, program message, 783 SYSTem commands, 535 system commands, 537, 538, 539, 540, 555, 557 system commands introduction, 536 T tdelta, 718 tedge, 373 telnet ports 5024 and 5025, 628 temporary message, 538 TER (Trigger Event Register), 163, 758 termination conditions, mask test, 408 test sigma, mask test run, 413 test, self, 1
Index turn on channel labels, 234 turning channel display on and off, 205 turning off/on function calculation, 290 turning vectors on or off, 706 TV mode, 615, 741 TV trigger commands, 608, 613 TV trigger line number setting, 614 TV trigger mode, 617 TV trigger polarity, 616 TV trigger standard setting, 618 TV triggering, 572 tvmode, 741 Tx data, UART, 644 Tx frame count (UART), 521 Tx source, 526 type, 645 U UART base, 527 UART baud rate, 516 UART bit order, 517 UART frame counters, reset, 519 UART parit
Index waveform source subsource, 644 waveform standard deviation value measured, 369 waveform vertical amplitude, 377 waveform voltage measured at marker, 727, 728 waveform, byte order, 626 waveform, count, 627 waveform, data, 628 waveform, format, 630 waveform, points, 631, 633 waveform, preamble, 635 waveform, type, 645 waveform, unsigned, 646 waveform, view, 647 waveform, X increment, 648 waveform, X origin, 649 waveform, X reference, 650 waveform, Y increment, 651 waveform, Y origin, 652 waveform, Y re